www.jayarama.us/archives/tpp-canto3.doc
Chapter Study Guides
BHAKTI-VAIBHAVA (SB Canto 3)
rev. 2013 dec 17
Table of Contents
CALENDAR – 2012-2013 ...........................................................................................................................................4
PREFACE .............................................................................................................................................................................6
MODULE I : UDDHAVA TO VIDURA .....................................................................................................................7
CHAPTER 1: Questions by Vidura .......................................................................................................................7
CHAPTER 2: Remembrance of Lord Krsna .......................................................................................................9
CHAPTER 3: The Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana................................................................................. 12
CHAPTER 4: Vidura Approaches Maitreya ................................................................................................... 14
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE ONE .................................................................................... 16
MODULE II: MAITREYA DESCRIBES TO VIDURA THE UNIVERSAL CREATION (SARGAH) ........ 21
CHAPTER 5: Vidura's Talks with Maitreya ................................................................................................... 21
CHAPTER 6: Creation of the Universal Form ............................................................................................... 25
CHAPTER 7: Further Inquires by Vidura ....................................................................................................... 29
CHAPTER 8: Manifestation of Brahma from Garbhodakasayi Visnu ................................................. 32
CHAPTER 9: Brahma's Prayers for Creative Energy .................................................................................. 35
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE TWO .................................................................................. 38
MODULE III: THE TIME. THE CREATION OF BRAHMA (VISARGAH) .................................................... 42
CHAPTER 10: Divisions of the Creation ......................................................................................................... 42
CHAPTER 11: Calculation of the Time from the Atom............................................................................. 46
CHAPTER 12: Creation of the Kumaras and Others ................................................................................. 48
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE III ......................................................................................... 51
1
MODULE IV: APPEARANCE OF SRI VARAHA ................................................................................................... 53
CHAPTER 13: The Appearance of Lord Varaha .......................................................................................... 53
CHAPTER 14: Pregnancy of Diti in the Evening ......................................................................................... 54
CHAPTER 15: Description of the Kingdom of God .................................................................................... 56
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE IV ......................................................................................... 59
MODULE V: JAYA AND VIJAYA. & DEATH OF HIRANYAKSA ................................................................. 62
CHAPTER 16: Jaya and Vijaya, Cursed by the Sages ................................................................................. 62
CHAPTER 17: Victory of Hiranyaksa Over All Directions of Universe ............................................. 67
CHAPTER 18: The Battle Between Lord Boar and Hiranyaksa .............................................................. 69
CHAPTER 19: The Killing of the Hiranyaksa Demon ............................................................................... 71
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE FIVE .................................................................................... 72
MODULE VI: THE MARRIAGE AND RENUNCIATION OF KARDAMA MUNI ..................................... 76
CHAPTER 20: Conversation Between Maitreya and Vidura .................................................................. 76
CHAPTER 21: Conversation between Manu and Kardama................................................................... 78
CHAPTER 22: The Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahuti ............................................................ 82
CHAPTER 23: Devahuti's Lamentation ........................................................................................................... 84
CHAPTER 24: The Renunciation of Kardama Muni .................................................................................. 87
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE SIX ....................................................................................... 91
MODULATE VII: SANKHYA-YOGA OF KAPILADEVA .................................................................................. 94
CHAPTER 25: The Glories of the Devotional Service ................................................................................ 94
CHAPTER 26: Fundamental principles of the Material Nature ............................................................ 97
CHAPTER 27: Understanding Material Nature ........................................................................................ 100
CHAPTER 28: Kapila's Instructions on the Execution of Dev. Service ............................................ 106
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE SEVEN ............................................................................. 109
MODULE VIII: LORD KAPILA AND DEVOTIONAL SERVICE .................................................................. 116
CHAPTER 29: Explanation of Devotional Service by Lord Kapila .................................................... 116
CHAPTER 30: Description by Lord Kapila of Adverse Fruitive Activities ...................................... 119
2
CHAPTER 31: Lord Kapila's Instructions on the Movements of the Living Entity ...................... 124
CHAPTER 32: Entanglement in Fruitive Activities .................................................................................. 127
CHAPTER 33: Activities of Kapila .................................................................................................................. 133
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE EIGHT ............................................................................. 138
REVIEW AND EVALUATION OF SEMESTER FOUR (SB 3.17-33) ......................................................... 144
VERSES TO MEMORIZE ......................................................................................................................................... 165
3
CALENDAR – 2012-2013
MODULE I : UDDHAVA TO VIDURA
CHAPTER 1: Questions by Vidura ................................................................11 March
CHAPTER 2: Remembrance of Lord Krsna ..................................................18 March
CHAPTER 3: The Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana ................................25 March
CHAPTER 4: Vidura Approaches Maitreya ...................................................01 April
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE ...........................................08 April
MODULE II: MAITREYA DESCRIBES TO VIDURA THE UNIVERSAL CREATION
(SARGAH)
CHAPTER 5: Vidura's Talks with Maitreya .................................................15 April
CHAPTER 6: Creation of the Universal Form ...............................................22 April
CHAPTER 7: Further Inquires by Vidura ......................................................29 April
CHAPTER 8: Manifestation of Brahma from Garbhodakasayi Visnu ........06 May
CHAPTER 9: Brahma's Prayers for Creative Energy......................................13 May
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE ............................................20 May
MODULE III: THE TIME. THE CREATION OF BRAHMA (VISARGAH)
CHAPTER 10: Divisions of the Creation ..........................................................27 May
CHAPTER 11: Calculation of the Time from the Atom ..................................03 June
CHAPTER 12: Creation of the Kumaras and Others .......................................10 June
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE ..............................................17 June
MODULE IV: APPEARANCE OF SRI VARAHA
CHAPTER 13: The Appearance of Lord Varaha ............................................ 24 June
CHAPTER 14: Pregnancy of Diti in the Evening..............................................01 July
CHAPTER 15: Description of the Kingdom of God ........................................08 July
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE .........................................15 July
VACATION (JANMASTAMI - 09 AUG) ............................................29 July-19 Aug
SEMESTER EXAMINATION I........................................................................... 18 July
MODULE V: JAYA AND VIJAYA. & DEATH OF HIRANYAKSA
CHAPTER 16: Jaya and Vijaya, Cursed by the Sages.......................................19 Aug
CHAPTER 17: Victory of Hiranyaksa Over All Directions of Universe .......26 Aug
CHAPTER 18: The Battle Between Lord Boar and Hiranyaksa..................... 02 Sept
CHAPTER 19: The Killing of the Hiranyaksa Demon ...................................... 09 Sept
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE ........................................... 16 Sept
MODULATE VI: THE MARRIAGE AND RENUNCIATION OF KARDAMA MUNI
CHAPTER 20: Conversation Between Maitreya and Vidura ...................... 23 Sept
CHAPTER 21: Conversation between Manu and Kardama ........................ 30 Sept
4
CHAPTER 22: The Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahuti ................... 07 Oct
CHAPTER 23: Devahuti's Lamentation............................................................... 14 Oct
CHAPTER 24: The Renunciation of Kardama Muni ......................................... 21 Oct
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE ............................................... 28 Oct
MODULATE VII: SANKHYA-YOGA OF KAPILADEVA
CHAPTER 25: The Glories of the Devotional Service ................................... 04 Nov
CHAPTER 26: Fundamental principles of the Material Nature ................... 11 Nov
CHAPTER 27: Understanding Material Nature ............................................. 18 Nov
CHAPTER 28: Kapila's Instructions on the Execution of Dev. Service........ 25 Nov
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE ................................. 02 Dec
MODULATE VIII: LORD KAPILA AND DEVOTIONAL SERVICE
CHAPTER 29: Explanation of Devotional Service by Lord Kapila....................... 09 Dec
CHAPTER 30: Description by Lord Kapila of Adverse Fruitive Activities........... 16 Dec
CHAPTER 31: Lord Kapila's Instrcs. on Movements of Living Entities.............. 23 Dec
CHAPTER 32: Entanglement in Fruitive Activities............................................... 30 Dec
CHAPTER 33: Activities of Kapila ...................................................................... 06 Jan
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE ................................................ 13 Jan
SEMESTER EXAMINATION II ............................................................................. 20 Jan
5
PREFACE
Hello! Hare Krsna! It’s so nice to have your association. What more do we need than to study
Srimad Bhagavatam daily?
These Anjana Suta, Chapter Study Guides are being written in co-operation with M. Rohini and
Ananga, they are in Peru, and with Srinivas Pandita Prabhu who is in Boise, Idaho. Also they are
written by reviewing the profound Mayapura Institute Guides. We want to revise and improve
them, so please contact us with your suggestions through our web-page:
www.jayarama.us
Our general ideas of education are at:
www.jayarama.us/archives/abc.htm
You don’t have to turn in the answers to the Study Guide Questions, but they are for discussion
during the group meetings and at the end of each Module we will have Sample Questions for
the Module Review. The Closed Book Test will be taken from those.
As you go through note BG and other Texts cited by Srila Prabhupada, increase and refresh
your memory of these texts by pausing and reciting them when you see them. Preach then in
Gita class.
 Keep good association with fellow students, teachers and give one class a week.
 Read one chapter a week.
 Memorize one verse a week.
 Write one page of essays a week.
6
MODULE I : UDDHAVA TO VIDURA
CHAPTER 1: Questions by Vidura
Memorize:
SB 1.7.10 = atmarama...
General Overview
45 Texts, 43 Pages.
It’s not just one big glob of Texts. They are divided into groups, no? We say that there are three
natural divisions. Agree? What are the Texts in each group?
This first Chapter starts Canto Three. To put it in perspective you’ll have to back-pedal to the
last texts of the previous Canto, Canto Two. Specifically Text 2.10.49-50.
How many questions do the Sages ask?
What were the causes of Vidura’s Sannyasa? Did he regret taking Sannyasa? Have you seen
stuff like this in our own ISKCON at times, driven out of the Temple?
His Tirtha-yatra (holy-place travels) remind us of who else in the first cantos? Will you do this
someday? We noted texts 17, 18, 23 and 45 as like a Tirtha-yatra manual.
When he finally meets Uddhava we see that he asks like three things: How is my family, how is
your family, describe these people as they are a part of Krsna’s current drama? How many
Kurus does and Yadus does he mention.
Why are Texts 42-45 the real jammers for this chapter? [They cross reference with Text 16]
O.K. The historical perspective is set. This is a Purana and it teaches by telling us a Soap-opera.
Specific Notes
1.4 – Karma vs. Karma-yoga.
1.8 – No-no jobs for Dvijas.
1.9 – The last two sentences are direct paraphrase of NOI 7, no?
1.10 – NDX [Bio note on Canakhya Pandita].
1.17 – NDX [Yoga-ladder] -- punya> Karma-yoga > Jnana-yoga > dhyana > Sadhu-sanga.
1.20 – NDX [Epistemology] – Modern Academics <3,000 years.
1.23 – Krsna’s principle weapon.
1.24 – Yoga-ladder – Bhava from Tirtha-yatra (ISKCON Vraja-mandala-parikrama)
1.24 – Rohini is the daughter of whom?
1.30 – The word “But” in the purport seems to mean “Except”.
1.40 – Stri-dharma – Sati.
7
Texts Cited [ttd-move to the text where specifically cited.]
BG 3.27, 4.14, 7.28; SB 1.3.28; BS 5.38
Essay Topic
Write one page including a one sentence analysis of the topics discussed in this chapter, noting
which texts pertain to each section. Tell us why Vidura left home. Why he didn’t approach
Krsna directly? What was his process of purification? Write some bio-data of the people about
whom he enquires and why these are important? What is his final fundamental question?
Include anything else you want to include and tell us how this applies to your Sankirtana.
8
CHAPTER 2: Remembrance of Lord Krsna
34 Texts 37 Pages
Preface
We had nice Specific Notes on our Kindle reader, but in spite of concentrated effort we forget
to unplug the charging reader and left it in Houston as we came here to Monterrey, Mexico.
Very purifying. We scholars, Grhasta Brahmanas, B’caris, Sannyasis, Ladies, all need our
systems of note keeping, short and long term. They need redundancy. Yet, we are starting to get
input from Srinivasa and M. Rohini, Ananga’s Notes. So we did what we could for your Study
Guides. Read the Essay Question before you start, then you can take notes on it as you go.
MEMORIZE
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 3.2.23
aho bakī yaḿ stana-kāla-kūṭaḿ
jighāḿsayāpāyayad apy asādhvī
lebhe gatiḿ dhātry-ucitāḿ tato 'nyaḿ
kaḿ vā dayāluḿ śaraṇaḿ vrajema
SYNONYMS
aho — alas; bakī — the she-demon (Pūtanā); yam — whom; stana — of her breast; kāla —
deadly; kūṭam — poison; jighāḿsayā — out of envy; apāyayat — nourished; api — although;
asādhvī — unfaithful; lebhe — achieved; gatim — destination; dhātrī-ucitām — just suitable
for the nurse; tataḥ — beyond whom; anyam — other; kam — who else; vā — certainly;
dayālum — merciful; śaraṇam — shelter; vrajema — shall I take.TRANSLATION
Alas, how shall I take shelter of one more merciful than He who granted the position of mother
to a she-demon [Pūtanā] although she was unfaithful and she prepared deadly poison to be
sucked from her breast?
General Overview
Again we see that this chapter can be divided into three sections. Agree? What are they?
1-6 – Uddhava’s Character.
7-24 – General Principles of Krsna’s Incarnations w/ Specific Illustrations.
25-34 – Krsna’s Pastimes Chronologically: Birth to Rasa-lila.
9
In the beginning, 3.2.1, Uddhava had been asked to talk about Krsna, but what aspects
of Krsna (Suggest: 3.1.44)
His mission as an incarnation – to save the devotees and show them pleasure
pastimes.
As Uddhava is engaging in Lila-smaranam and engaging Vidura in the same, we can
also take the same benefit from this chapter. This chapter is meant for understanding
how to, and who can, contemplate Krsna during their life and at the moment of death.
As we recite these prayers by different devotees they will be pleased with our efforts
and inspire us to enter into their thoughts and feelings.
For example, how did the Yadus see Krsna, at the Raja-suya sacrifice? The Gopis? What
are Uddhava’s feeling in these verses (Suggest: 3.2.16-17).
Specific Details
1 – NDX (BIO-Srila Prabhupada)
2 – What does pancaratrika mean?
3 – No hope for old duffers like Hp Swami?
4 – 7/8th’s, no?
6 – Again we see Rupa Siksa (CC2.19), we did, you should do, a one week seminar on
Rupa Siksa. Note NOD was mentioned at the end of Text 5 also. Studying NOI/BRS is
part of your daily work? You’ve taken HpSwami’s NOD/BhVai Seminar that he also
gives in Radha-desa?
7 – Who’s happy?
8 – Milk is bad food, urine is good food? Later we can figure out these milk and ghee
oceans. We have a hypothesis already.
12 – Sisupal at the Raja-suya, Narayana.
13-34 – We’ll our notes got lost like we explained, so you have to do your own Study
Notes from this point on. Srinivasa Das points out that the cowherd boys could not
sleep at night, not because of neck strain from work, but because they loved to help
Krsna so much in His play.
Verses Cited ttd [– Move these]
1. BG: 6.41 (ttd), 7.28 (3.2.11 paraphrased),10.8 (3.2.16), 9.11 (3.2.22), 4.8 (3.2.25)
2. SB: 1.1.1 (3.2.16), 1.2.13 (3.2.32 saḿsiddhir hari-toṣaṇam paraphrased)
3. Others: Ka.U 1.2.23 (3.2.9), 1.2.23Vedanta Sutra 1.1.2 (3.2.16), BS 5.30(3.2.29)
Significant sanskrit words:
1. avitṛpta-dṛśām 3.2.11
2. pārthāstra-pūtaḥ, nayana-abhirāmam 3.2.20
10
Essay Topic
List as many people, including, Uddhava, demons Krsna killed, the Yadus, lord
Narayana et al whom Uddhava mentions in this chapter and explain their relation to
Krsna’s incarnation. Explain how they could or could not take advantage of Krsna’s
pastimes.
11
CHAPTER 3: The Lord's Pastimes Out of Vrndavana
28 Texts 25 Pages
MEMORIZE
parāsya śaktir vividhaiva śrūyate
svābhāvikī jñāna-bala-kriyā ca
“The Supreme Lord has multipotencies, which act so perfectly that all consciousness,
strength and activity are being directed solely by His will.” (Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.8)
Cited by Srila Prabhupada many, many times (eg. BG 3.22). Do a search for it on
www.vedabase.com if you like. Many citations refer to CC.2.13.65 Purport. It is from
the Krsna Yajur veda. We would like to get a word for word translation.
OVERVIEW
There seems to be only a chronological break with the sequence in the last chapter.
Otherwise, Sri Uddhava is continuing the same deep Lila-smaranam. How many
sections do you see? What are their verse-numbers? Read the translations first and try
to guess what points from the translations Srila Prabhupada will discuss in the purport.
Seems to be all Lila-smaranam until and after Text 23? Many citations in this chapter
about “Going back to our position”. Seems to support the origin of the Jiva idea that we
can fall-down from the spiritual world. The Lila-katha just goes on without break into
Chapter 4 also.
1. Pre Mausala lila outside Vrindavana T1-T22
a. Pastimes in Mathura T1-T2
b. Dwaraka pastimes dealing with the Lord’family life. Specifically Lord’s marrying
Rukmini, Satya and 16,100 princesses. T3-T9
c. Summary of His fighting various demons outside Vrindavana. T10-T11
d. Talks about how the Lord reduced the burden of Ksatriya kings on earth through the
battle of Kuruksetra and desired disappearance of Yadus as well T12-T18
e. More information of Lord’s Dwaraka life T19-T22
2. The conceptual perspective on Lila T23
3. Mausala lila. Uddhava starts describing the disappearance pastime of Yadus T24-T28
SPECIFIC DETAILS
1 - T/F Kamsa was evil midget?
2 - Yamaloka must be like a scary movie, no?
5 – Do you know any other ways to become a fool?
8 - Many details of 'svayam-prakas' in Sanatana Siksa, CC.2.20+
9 - Salva??? Wasn't this after Sisupala was killed at the Raja-suya sacrifice?
13 - Krsna was not pleased: AMAZING? What causes us to become bad?
12
14 - NDX (Economics > Overpopulation) If you be nice to Mama, them Mama 'll be nice
to you! Are there three kinds of burdens mentioned?
15 - NDX (Free Will) "Devotees of the Lord never assert independent individuality; on
the contrary, they utilize their individuality in pursuit of the desires of the Lord"
18 - Cheese and crackers now and Rasa-lila later.
20 - Which Gita verse is this? Where is this Visnu-purana verse cited in full?
21 - Wow! Skanda purana, 16 types of potencies! Great mining opportunities. Treasure
hunters.
24 – Like Pariksit and Samika Rsi-Srngi, no?
26 – You are ‘sadhana-siddha’ until you become ‘nitya-siddha’, no? Should we visit
Vrndavana?
27 – Greedy Sannyasis?
28 – Perfection by 1)_________________, 2)_________________, 3)
______________________. The perfect goal is:____________________________. Why eat
Prasadam? “the whole incident was a warning to all concerned that no one should
behave lightly with brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas.” we remember that Canakhya Pandita
said that one should not get too close to or too far away from a King, a fire or a
Brahmana. If one gets too close he will get burned, and if he stays too far away he will
derive no benefit.
VERSES CITED [ttd]
BS 5.33 (8), 5.37 (20), 5.29 (22), 5.32 (23); BG 11.33 (10), 18.55, 4.9 (23), 4.13 (27), 3.13, 9.26
(28); Iso 1 (18); SB 1.16.34 (14); VP 6.7.61 as quoted in BG intro(3.3.20); Sk.P prabhasa
khanda – conjugal pastimes of the Lord(3.3.21);
SIGNIFICANT SANKRIT WORDS
1. Uru-rasam=highly delicious (3.3.28)
ESSAY QUESTION
Write one page and in one sentence analyze any division of the Text-groupings in this
Chapter. Summarize the Lilas Uddhava mentions with a few specific examples. Expand
these specific example mentioning the ideas that Srila Prabhupada includes in his
purports. Especially explain the idea of over-population and free-will as it is properly
demonstrated by Yuddhisthira. Of course, instructions on Varna-ashrama-dharma
would be another set of lessons from Krsna’s Lilas as explained in the Bhaktivedanta
Purports.
13
CHAPTER 4: Vidura Approaches Maitreya
MI CSG (Mayapura Institute Chapter Study Guides) page 108
36 Texts
MEMORIZE
nityo nityānāḿ cetanaś cetanānām
eko bahūnāḿ yo vidadhāti kāmān
Katha upanisand 2.2.13
Cited in BG 2.12, Purport. We would like the word for word.
SUMMARY
This chapter seems too complicated to analyze into precise verse groupings. We see this
chapter continuing with:
Suta explaining to the Sages,
What Sukadeva Goswami explained to Maharaja Pariksit,
About what Uddhava explained to Vidura,
About the disappearance of the Yadu dynasty, as he had started in the last chapter (3.3.24),
And that he, Uddhava, had learned from Krsna when he, Krsna and Maitreya were together,
And how he told Vidura to take lessons from Maitreya Muni when Vidura asked to take lessons
from him, Uddhava.
In 3.4.13, 19–20, 32 – The topic of the four Nutshell Verse spoken to Brahma and their
later expansion to Uddhava and him delivering them to Sages and even the Deities at
Badariksasrama are mentioned several times.
Details
What is the symbolism of the Banyan tree that Krsna kept to His back?
Was Maitreya a pure devotee?
3.4.11 “Maitreya finally became aware of entering into the a________ o_ t__ L____”.
3.4.17 - Srila Prabhupada comments that all of the conversation between Uddhava and
Krsna was for the benefit of Maitreya, who sitting listening. Uddhava appeared to be
bewildered by the human like pastimes of Krsna but he was never bewildered. This was
for Maitreya Muni’s benefit.
3.4.19-20 - Why are the words “paramam sthitim” significant? Did Maitreya Muni
understand this?
3.4.22 – What are the four special Hindu Dhamas?
3.4.26 – What does “maryada-vyatikrama” mean? Have you committed this offense?
3.4.31 – If we satisfy Text One of NOI can we become a representative of the Lord?
3.4.35 – What is the last word in the progressive path of self-realization?
14
ESSAY
Write one page including a brief summary of what happens in this Chapter. Then
explain with more detail why Uddhava left Dvaraka, where Krsna told him to go. Why
he didn’t go there. Where he did go? What he heard from Krsna there and its relation to
the Catur-sloka. What he told Vidura to do and then where he went and what he did
there?
15
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE ONE
SB 3.1
General Review
Why did Vidura leave home?
(T/F) Dhrtarastra was equally disposed to his sons and the sons of his brother?
Name three things that he did to help or hurt the Pandavas.
After leaving home was he happy of unhappy? Why?
What did he do after he left home? Did he go to Badarikashrama for meditation?
What are the relationships in terms of age of Krsna, Uddhava, Maitreya and Vidura?
When he met Uddhava, Vidura asked about the welfare of two families. Who were
they. Mention three specific people from each family.
Why does Krsna, who is transcendental, appear in, or have relations with, earthly
families?
Details
3.1.4 - What is the difference between Karma and Karma-yoga.
In trying to avoid the War, in the end the Pandavas only asked for five ______________?
3.1.9 - Why could the Kauravas, like Dhrtarastra and Duryodhana, not appreciate the
messages of Krsna whereas others like Bhismadeva appreciated them?
3.1.10 - Political suggestions by Vidura are known as expert, just as, in modern times,
P_______ C_______ is considered the authority in good counsel in both political and
moral instructions.
SB 3.2
General Review
Why could Uddhava not immediately respond to Vidura’s questions about their family
friends and members?
At first he responds by glorifying the qualities of Krsna:
o The Yadava’s saw Krsna as a ____________ would see the moon.
o Krsna’s pastimes were wonderful even for Himself in His form as the Lord of
_____________ ?
o All the demigods assembled at the Rajasuya sacrifice were amazed by the
_______________ of Krsna.
o The Gopis were so stunned by His amorous joking and glances that they could
not _______________ ?
16
o He showed such humility right after His birth by ________________, and later by
begging p____________ from his father and mother?
o He was so kind that he gave liberation to such enemies as S____________ and the
soldiers at Kurukstra.
o He showed mercy by giving the position of mother to __________________ ?
SB 3.2.25: The Personality of Godhead, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, being prayed to by _________ to
bring welfare to the earth, was begotten by __________ in the womb of his wife
________ in the prison of the King of ________ .
SB 3.2.26: Thereafter, His father, being afraid of Kaḿsa, brought Him to the cow
pastures of Mahārāja Nanda, and there He lived for ______ years like a covered flame
with His elder brother, Baladeva.
SB 3.2.27: In His childhood, the Almighty Lord was surrounded by cowherd boys and
calves, and thus He traveled on the shore of the ____________ , through gardens
densely covered with trees and filled with vibrations of chirping birds.
SB 3.2.30: The great wizards who were able to assume any form were engaged by the
King of Bhoja, Kaḿsa, to kill Kṛṣṇa, but in the course of His pastimes the Lord killed
them as easily as a child breaks _____.
SB 3.2.31: The inhabitants of Vṛndāvana were perplexed by great difficulties because a
certain portion of the Yamunā was poisoned by the chief of the reptiles __________.
SB 3.2.33: O sober Vidura, King Indra, his honor having been insulted, poured water
incessantly on Vṛndāvana, and thus the inhabitants of Vraja, the land of cows, were
greatly distressed. But the compassionate Lord Kṛṣṇa saved them from danger with His
pastime umbrella, the ______________________.
Details
What are some of the symptoms manifested by Uddhava that indicate he was a nityasiddha, eternally purified servant of Krsna, even from birth (Hint: Breakfast, Dolls)
(3.2.2)
What parallels are there between Uddhavas life and Srila Prabhupada’s? (3.2.2)
What is the Sanskrita name for the system of Deity worship? (3.2.2)
What happened to Uddhava’s service as he grew older? (3.2.3)
How many kinds of transcendental changes such as perspiration were manifested by
Uddhava before Vidura? Which of Srila Prabhupada’s books may one consult for more
detailed information about these topics? (3.2.4 & 5)
Uddhava reacted to Vidura’s questions and demonstrated that he was simultaneously
in the material and spiritual world. Rupa Goswami explains this using a the example of
a gardener cultivating a ____________________? (3.2.6)
As soon as Krsna’s pastimes are finished here they are manifested in another
_______________? (3.2.7)
The Yadus, therefore, accepted Lord Kṛṣṇa as the ______________ incarnated in their
family, and not more than that. (3.2.9)
17
Just to test the intense love of Vasudeva, Lord Kṛṣṇa fell down in
_____________________ while His father carying him to Gokula. (3.2.17)
Uddhava comments again and again that those who lack pious credits cannot
understand the pastimes of Krsna. To support this Prabhupada cites BG 9.11. You
please also cite it. (Hint: Avajananti mam mudha…).
What does the “baki” mean in the verse “aho baki yam…”? (3.2.23)
(T/F) Uddhava and Vidura visited Vrndavana 5,000 years ago, but in Kali-yuga few
devotees visit them, rather they engage in Hari-nama Sankirtana. (3.2.27)
SB 3.3.
General Review
Uddava gives an ecstatic summary of Krsna’s Pastimes in Chapters Two and Three.
Repeat three of the pastimes that he mentions and some details that Srila Prabhupada
mentions in the Purports that mean something to you.
Specific Details
3.3.1 – When He killed Kamsa, Krsna was ________ years old.
3.3.3 – Why was Rukmini destined to be married to Krsna?
3.3.7 – Why would no one but Krsna accept the Princesses kidnapped by Bhaumasura?
3.3.10 – What does Ranchor mean?
3.3.13 – When Krsna finally saw Duryodhana defeated, what was his reaction?
3.3.14 – Why is the argument of overpopulation false? What three examples does V.
Cakravarti give of pleasurable burdens? To what distressful burden was Krsna really
referring?
3.3.17 – Krsna a) Protected the body of Maharaja Pariksit in embryo in the womb of
Uttara or b) He allowed it to be burnt by the Brahmastra and then replaced it?
3.3.19 - 22 – What did Krsna’s pastimes of enjoyment in the metropolis of Dvaraka show
us in terms of jnana and vairagya, and the internal potency?
3.3.24 - The princes of the Yadu dynasty were cursed in order that one may know that
even the descendants of the Lord, who could never be vanquished by any act of
material nature, were subjected to the reactions of anger by ____________________.
SB3.4
General Oveview
Krsna was seated under a banyan tree about to move on. What two other people were there with
Him?
Why was Uddhava there?
What did He ask of Krsna?
What did Vidura ask of Uddhava and what did Uddhava reply?
18
Details
3.4.1 – The Yadus drank a) Whiskey, b) Saki, c) Rum, d) Coca-cola?
3.4.8 – Why is the banyan tree under which Krsna is sitting small? Why is it at Krsna’s back?
3.4.9 – Uddhava was a pure devotee so his meeting with the Lord was not surprising, but
Maitreya’s meeting must have been due to a_______-su_______.
3.4.10 Maitreya was _______ misra-bhakta.
3.4.11 – Uddhava is eternal associate of the Lord, but in days of yore a plenary expansion of
Uddhava wanted the ______________ of the Lord. Hearing of this Maitreya Muni realized the
importance of the __________________ of the Lord.
3.4.16 -There is no difference between the Personality of Godhead and the impersonal Brahman.
How then can the Lord have so many things to do, whereas the impersonal Brahman is stated to
have nothing to do either materially or spiritually? If the Lord is ever unborn, how then is He
born as the son of Vasudeva and Devakī?
3.4.17 – Was Uddhava bewildered? If not then for whom was he playing like this?
3.4.19 – What does param-stithim mean? How did instructions to Uddhava surpass those given
to Brahma, which were described in SB 2.9?
3.4.20 – Why did Sankaracharya preach Mayavada philosophy?
3.4.21 – What are the four Dhamas visited by pious Hindus even to date?
3.4.26 – Please translate the phrase maryādā-vyatikrama and explain how it was to be applied by
Uddhava, Vidura and Maitreya.
3.3.32 - Uddhava was particularly deputed to carry a message to Badarikāśrama, not only to the
s_______ of that place of pilgrimage but also to the _________ Deities.
3.4.35 - Although Vidura thought of himself as insignificant, he was remembered by the Lord at
His time of departure. Vidura accepted this as a great favor, and thus he _______. This _______
is the last word in the progressive path of devotional service. One who can cry for the Lord in
love is certainly successful in the line of devotional service.
19
20
MODULE II: MAITREYA DESCRIBES TO VIDURA THE
UNIVERSAL CREATION (SARGAH)
CHAPTER 5: Vidura's Talks with Maitreya
51 Texts
MI Study Guide like 112
MEMORIZE
īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ
sac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaḥ
anādir ādir govindaḥ
sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam
Sri Brahma-samhita 5.1 (See www.vedabase.com)
Cited in this Chapter in Text 21 and many other places. A precise definition of Krsna.
SUMMARY
We suggest that maybe you might possible find it useful to read the following summary and
then read through all the verses in the chapter before you read each one in detail.
3.5.2 --- PURPORT: Uddhava asked Vidura to approach Maitreya Muni and inquire into all
the truths concerning the Lord, His name, fame, quality, form, pastimes, entourage, etc., and
thus when Vidura approached Maitreya, he should have asked only about the Lord. But out of
natural humility he did not immediately ask about the Lord, but inquired into a subject which
would be of great importance to the common man.”
SB 3.5.10-11— O my lord, I have repeatedly heard about these higher and lower statuses of
human society from the mouth of Vyāsadeva, and I am quite satiated with all these lesser
subject matters and their happiness. They have not satisfied me with the nectar of topics about
Kṛṣṇa.
Who in human society can be satisfied without hearing sufficient talk of the Lord, whose lotus
feet are the sum total of all places of pilgrimage and who is worshiped by great sages and
devotees?
SB 3.5.17— Śukadeva Gosvāmī said: The great sage Maitreya Muni, after honoring Vidura very
greatly, began to speak, at Vidura's request, for the greatest welfare of all people.
21
SB 3.5.22— I shall therefore describe to you the pastimes by which the Personality of Godhead
extends His transcendental potency for the creation, maintenance and dissolution of the cosmic
world as they occur one after another.
SB 3.5.38— The controlling deities of all the above-mentioned physical elements are
empowered expansions of Lord Viṣṇu. They are embodied by eternal time under the external
energy, and they are His parts and parcels. Because they were entrusted with different
functions of universal duties and were unable to perform them, they offered fascinating
prayers to the Lord as follows.
SB 3.5.51 - Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Third Canto, Fifth Chapter, of the
Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, entitled "Vidura's Talks with Maitreya."
Of course, the Sanskrit for the prayers by the demigods is fascinating. Also, the creation of the
elements in terms of the modes of material nature is a challenge for us as we believe that
Buddhi is a product of Ahankara in the mode of goodness; Manas from passion; and Indriya
from ignernce. So we meditate on these descriptions of material creation described in this
Chapter to clarify our ideas. We also see that they have practical application in our Japa,
physical energy and health and more.
DETAILS
We pushed the wrong button and our entire tpp-canto3 file crashed. When we opened it, it
was nothing but 12 pages of numbers. One and a half hours of work instantly eliminated by
our labor saving device. Hare! So funny!
We had a copy on the USB drive that we keep in
our bead bag. In the end, the things we trust the most are in this one bag. Also, we share a copy
with Srinivasa Prabhu.
Un-happy?
No, is a little play with Krsna to see how much of these “DETAILS” we have learned from
memory and can quickly recreate!
Here we go, scanning vedabase.com Offline.
===
2 – Interesting Guru-Disciple relation. Vidura should have asked his guru only about
_________? Why did he ask about something else?
22
What does the common man first have to hear? This is super important for our preaching
strategies when we talk with people. We have seen Prabhupada using this strategy in
conversations so often.
4 – Isopanisad, Introduction gives wonderful description of Epistemology, how we know. It
describes direct perception, logic and hearing from the Vedas. Is a higher system introduced
here? What is it? What BG verse explains this?
5 – Krsna is desireless and inde___________. What part of Isopanisad can be cited here (Hint:
Food shortage)?
6 – What is Krsna’s heart?
NDX (Epistemology) – Material nature is described often in the SB, but differently by different
Sages because of different questions by different students.
7 – Precise description of Brahmanas, Cows, Demigods and Krsna Katha.
9 – Racist?
10 – “The whole world can be transformed into Vaikuṇṭha if all worldly activities are
dovetailed with kṛṣṇa-kathā.” So we devotees should read World Classical Literature and relate
it to Krsna? Sherlock Holmes? Don Quixote? Shakespeare?
11 – A Big ISKCON Guru can fall into the trap of becoming a Big Family Man also, no?
Satisfied by the pleasant cooking and irritated by the social conflicts of his disciples. Yet, here is
the POWERFUL tool to bring the relation back to the transcendental world that makes no
distinctions ultimately even between men and women.
NDX [Liberation] Krsna-katha and the three modes. Ten Stars!
12 – He heard Mahabharata from ______________?
16 – Dude, Vidura, is in ecstasy to hear about Krsna, but that leads him to hear about Purusaavataras???
Also, he is giving hints to his Guru about how to preach?! Wow! Wonderful.
19 – When the bodily concept of life is good!
Wonk! Ditty!
Ditty!
Oooomf! Recreated the lost work. One-half hour! Pressure!
25- BG 9.7 is cited. This is our Acintya-bheda-abheda-tattva verse, no? Give a class on it and
compare it to its neighbor, “maya tatam idam…” cited earlier.
26 – Review work continues: Do you know this Brahma-samhita verse and BG verse? Look ‘em
up! Chant ‘em! This is part of our technique in becoming Uttama-adhikari devotees!
27-28 – How is the Mahat-tattva present in you? It is the media between the ____________
and the ________________?
29 – Monkey and Piggy translate these words as: Cause, Caused and Causer.
23
Here we see the sequence starting. Each one is a part of the last. First, you hear the music,
sound, space, and then you want to dance, prana, vayu, air. Again we have a little different
analysis of these that we present, along with correlatives from Western thought. Seems that
they are the same description but little different perspective.
31 – BG 7.14 Look it up!
38 – “procuh – Uttered; pranjalayoh – Fascinating”. Makes us want to read the Sanskrit.
41 – What are the, the five sacred rivers?
42 – Poop! Uppey! Dink!
(A horse just went by in the street! That’s Argentina.) This verse
gives us a marvelous link, so that on the lotus feet of the Lord we can think? What is it? Keep a
picture in frunt of u?
51 – Here the Demigods state their desire. Why are they praying? To glorify Krsna! That’s
super fun, but what do they need specifically?
NDX - Also, super note on Origin of the Jiva.
Braaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaawk!
4.30PM Devotees, Bhaktas and Bhaktins are downstairs rambling and rolling pots and pans,
cooking for the Sunday Feast. Panca-tattva Das, second initiation two years ago, is their leader.
Really just like the good old days. Many of them can’t hit a note in a bucket so the Kirtans are
raucous, but so much enthusiasm. Center is called the “Loft” and aimed at ecology minded
people. We have a neck-ache for our uncomfortable seat. Just like Srinivasa Prabhu. Has been
very satisfying reviewing this chapter. Really feel like we are there with Maitreya and Vidura a
little bit. Now the preaching is starting. We will be with them for a God awful long time in the
SB.
O.K.
Got 24 of our 32-rounds/day done. Chant some more. 5-6PM Skype with Srinivasa. 6-7PM
class here. 7-8PM Nashville, KRSNA book class, then associate with guests. Pack our bags. Up at
1.30AM for our Japa Joe seminar and at 3.30AM leave with Devaki and his good wife for
Buenos Aires in a four hour trip. (Little chest pain). Krsna has a wonderful plan for your life.
ESSAY
Forget the Big Picture! Write one page about how this chapter was fun and enlightening to
you. Note quirky little details that interested you!
24
CHAPTER 6: Creation of the Universal Form
MI Study Guide page 115
40 Texts --- 676 Kindle Pages
MEMORIZE
eko 'py asau racayituḿ jagad-aṇḍa-koṭiḿ
yac-chaktir asti jagad-aṇḍa-cayā yad-antaḥ
aṇḍāntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntara-sthamgovindam ādi-puruṣaḿ tam ahaḿ bhajāmi
Sri Brahma-samhita 5.35
Cited in SB 3.6.2
SYNONYMS
ekaḥ — one; api — although; asau — He; racayitum — to create; jagat-aṇḍa — of universes;
koṭim — millions; yat — whose; śaktiḥ — potency; asti — there is; jagat-aṇḍa-cayāḥ — all the
universes; yat-antaḥ — within whom; aṇḍa-antara-stha — which are scattered throughout
the universe; parama-aṇu-caya — the atoms; antara-stham — situated within; govindam —
Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
TRANSLATION
He is an undifferentiated entity as there is no distinction between potency and the possessor
thereof. In His work of creation of millions of worlds, His potency remains inseparable. All the
universes exist in Him and He is present in His fullness in every one of the atoms that are
scattered throughout the universe, at one and the same time. Such is the primeval Lord whom I
adore.
SUMMARY
Vidura has met Maitreya and is asking questions that are very important to him. Are they alone
or are there disciples of Maitreya Muni there also? We consider what it would be like if we
could meet Srila Prabhupada like this? What questions would we ask? What would we say?
Would we need to meet with him like this often, take one small lesson after another? Can that
actually be happening when we open his Srimad Bhagavatam properly?
Vidura has asked several questions:
25
SB 3.5.2: Vidura said: O great sage, everyone in this world engages in fruitive activities
to attain happiness, but one finds neither satiation nor the mitigation of distress. On the
contrary, one is only aggravated by such activities. Please, therefore, give us directions
on how one should live for real happiness.
SB 3.5.4-5: Therefore, O great sage, please give me instruction on the transcendental
devotional service of the Lord, so that He who is situated in the heart of everyone can be
pleased to impart, from within, knowledge of the Absolute Truth in terms of the ancient
Vedic principles delivered only to those who are purified by the process of devotional
service.
O great sage, kindly narrate how the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the
independent, desireless Lord of the three worlds and the controller of all energies,
accepts incarnations and creates the cosmic manifestation with perfectly arranged
regulative principles for its maintenance.
Other questions seem to be details of these, and then Maitreya Muni has started to describe the
manifestation of the cosmos. During this the demi-gods and elements have been manifested but
they are not integrated so the demigods have asked the Lord for advice on how to solve this
problem.
In this chapter the Lord reacts to their requests, not by giving advice, but rather by entering
into the cosmic manifestation with His energy Time, Kala devi, and then the cosmos continues
to manifest.
The universal form wakes up and begins to taste, hear and the demigods are manifested with
the senses. Then the Varnas of society as Brahmanas, Ksatriyas and so forth are manifested from
that universal form. Finally, Maitreya makes a critique of the value of his own description and
the general value and importance of these descriptions of the universal form.
SB 3.6.40: Words, mind and ego, with their respective controlling demigods, have failed
to achieve success in knowing the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, we
simply have to offer our respectful obeisances unto Him as a matter of sanity.
DETAILS
3.6.4 – The Dude wakes up. ‘The Diety is materially touched, but non-different from the
eternal form”. NDX (Diety)
26
3.6.6 – 1,000 year hiatus.
3.6.7 – Is adhibautic a condition of greater attachment than adhi-atmika? We can see it two
different ways. Compare to anna-maya, prana-maya, mano-maya… What is jnana-sakti? NDX
(Pranayama, 10-life airs named). BG 2.41 & 18.66.
8 – “A minor point of controversy”. Are you surprised to hear Prabhupada say that!? Why?
9 – Note BG 7.4-5, 15.15, 10.10, 2.40; NDX (Cosmology – Ten life airs names, all action starts
from the heart). Srila Prabhupada also cites the example from the Svetasvatara Upanisad of two
birds in the same tree. This is also in BG Chapter Two, no? Where is it?
10 – Krsna thinks of the prayers of the demigods in the last chapter and makes an interesting
response. Does Krsna respond to our prayers, your prayers, by manifesting interesting things in
our universe? NDX (Analogys – Frog in the Well; Epistemology – PhD means plough
department).
11 - So the description of the Virat rupa’s basic manifestation is now finished and now it
manifests the demigods. This is a wonderful cosmology, different than Newton or Einstein but
can be experienced directly by our Yoga. “Pious acts of devotional service” CC 2.22.45, “Pious
activities can be divided into three categories: pious activities that awaken one's dormant Kṛṣṇa
consciousness are called bhakty-unmukhī sukṛti, pious activities that bestow material opulence
are called bhogonmukhī sukṛti, and pious activities that enable the living entity to merge into
the existence of the Supreme are called mokṣonmukhī sukṛti.” See the CC citation for more
wonderful details.
12 – See adhidaiva, -atmika, -bhautica and how they correspond to demigod, content etc!
13-17 -- “The most important instrument is the ear”.
21 – Hands represent who?
24 – The mind is in the heart, not the head!!
26 – Earth is on the legs!
SB 2.5.38: The lower planetary systems, up to the limit of the earthly stratum, are said to
be situated in His legs. The middle planetary systems, beginning from Bhuvarloka, are
situated in His navel. And the still higher planetary systems, occupied by the demigods
and highly cultured sages and saints, are situated in the chest of the Supreme Lord.
28 – Domestic animals.
29 – Seems like a contradiction, like the associates of Lord Siva should be on the legs!
30 – Chant, review BG 4.13. This is a citation often taken from the Padma-purana. What is the
context? Someday we may read it. Definition of the spiritual master, accepting disciples.
31 – Modern problems are from lack of Brahmanas and Kstriyas. So we should train them!
32 – Vaisyas.
27
ESSAY
Here we have a description of the Virata-rupa again. Please write a one page summary of this
description including as much as you can contrasting it with previous descriptions and your
increased appreciation for the description and its practicality. Include points of interest that
attracted you in this chapter.
28
CHAPTER 7: Further Inquires by Vidura
Texts = 42 KP = 673
MEMORIZE:
viṣṇu-śaktiḥ parā proktā
kṣetra-jñākhyā tathā parā
avidyā-karma-saḿjñānyā
tṛtīyā śaktir iṣyate
visnu purana 6.7.61
Cited in CC as Adi 7.119 with full purport. Also, cited as Śrī Caitanya Caritāmṛta, Madhya
6.154 and in BG Introduction and Purports to NOI 10 and SB 3.3.20, 3.7.5 & 9
SUMMARY
Just read through all the translations of the Texts in this Chapter first. Get a feel for the rough
structure. Then analyze into different sections and then, compare it to our humble analysis that
follows.
BIG QUESTIONS
1-7 – The Big Question: The Avatars are under the control of the External Energy? Why does
the transcendental Jiva suffer in material world?
8-14 - The Big Answer
TRANSITION
15-23 – Vidura’s appreciation of The Big Answer which seems to put him in the position of
being able to continue with specific questions of what happens after the Lord creates the
Mahat-tattva and then the Virat-rupa as previously described by Maitreya Muni. It seems like
the Big Question is a digression by Vidura to get the basis of the details of creation in a very
clear perspective, that God is not influenced by all the things that are being described.
SPECIFIC QUESTIONS
29
23-38 - Whole truck-load of questions about many topics that may be arranged upon the
order of the ten symptoms previous discussed.
38-42 - The general purpose, value, method of, and specific reaction of Maitreya Muni to,
these many questions of Vidura.
DETAILS
Text 1-2 – Why is Vidura asking this question?
Research BG 8.19.
3 – Refresh BG 9.4
5 – Are we unconscious when we are asleep? Krsna also gives us the determination to worship
the demi-gods, no?
6 – What is the next question put forward by Vidura? What was the previous one? Are these
really fundamental questions?
Again the two birds!! Where does this occur in the BG?
8 – Why was he astonished?
9 – Do you think it is “against all logic”?
Look up this verse where Vyasadeva saw the external energy and Krsna. Where is it? We
studied it last year!
Can there be clouds without sunshine?
10 – Even in Maya we are servants. We are always servants. Happy servants, no? Refresh BG
7.14
11 – This example of reflected sunlight occurs so many times. Can you think of another
example? We can think of a similar one we read in Light of the Bhagavata. “The light of the
sun and moon makes the matter bright and praiseworthy”. “The light of the moon on the Taj
Mahal”. When we read this we think of the attractiveness of a lusty young woman intoxicated
with her own feminine features. She meditates on them, decorates them, and that makes them
praiseworthy and attractive to men.
12 – “As discussed in the First Canto … service to Vasudeva … quickly detaches one from …”.
O.K. You memorized this last year. Recite the verse!
13 – Prabhupada continues with his contemplation of the quivering situation of the living
being.
“The senses are transcendental in nature but their activities become …”. Activities, not the
senses themselves? Can you feel this, how you are your senses and you are absorbed in matter?
Refresh BG 2.59
30
14 – We think this is maybe the nicest verse, purport, in the whole chapter. Hierarchy from
Jnana to levels of Bhakti with fresh definitions.
17 – Whoop! Understand? Subtle point. Why do people in the middle suffer? The people
who are like hogs and dogs don’t suffer? I think they do!
19 – Like “nityam bhagavata sevaya…” that we learned last year. Is this talking about the level
of Bhava bhakti? Then do we have to make more progress to full Prema bhakti? Let’s go!
Krsna is waiting for us with great anticipation!!
Refresh BG 2.59
20 – Bhakti yoga is just for the Kali-yuga?
Lord Chaitanya stressed on the point of association. We need the assets of austerities to be able
to associate with pure devotees but…‘Even if one has no assets of favorable austerity, if he
nevertheless takes shelter of the mahatmas, who are engaged in chanting and hearing the
glories of the Lord, he is sure to make progress on the path back home, back to Godhead’
21 – Vidura was fully satisfied, “Suprasidati”, with the answers to the Big Questions, then he
wanted to understand “the remaining portions of the creative function”.
22 - Definition of 1st, 2nd, 3rd Purusa-avataras.
23-36 – Many questions. Some points of interest. Cross-breeding, “This is the sum and
substance of all the questions in this verse”. “All the Acharyas of the world have had spiritual
masters”. “He was Maitreya’s son”?
Review BG 7.6, 7.15
ESSAY
Write one page summarizing this chapter. Include a brief explanation of the first two questions
that Vidura asks and the answer that Maitreya gives. Also include any specific points that were
important to you.
31
CHAPTER 8: Manifestation of Brahma from Garbhodakasayi
Visnu
Texts = 33 Kindle Pages = 421
MEMORIZE
veṇuḿ kvaṇantam aravinda-dalāyatākṣambarhāvataḿsam asitāmbuda-sundarāńgam
kandarpa-koṭi-kamanīya-viśeṣa-śobhaḿ
govindam ādi-puruṣaḿ tam ahaḿ bhajāmi
Sri Brahma Samhita 5.30
SYNONYMS
veṇum — the flute; kvaṇantam — playing; aravinda-dala — (like) lotus petals; āyata —
blooming; akṣam — whose eyes; barha — a peacock's feather; avataḿsam — whose ornament
on the head; asita-ambuda — (tinged with the hue of) blue clouds; sundara — beautiful;
ańgam — whose figure; kandarpa — of Cupids; koṭi — millions; kamanīya — charming; viśeṣa
— unique; śobham — whose loveliness; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original
person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
TRANSLATION
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is adept in playing on His flute, with blooming eyes
like lotus petals with head decked with peacock's feather, with the figure of beauty tinged with
the hue of blue clouds, and His unique loveliness charming millions of Cupids.
SUMMARY
This has all been so systematic, no? In Canto Two Sukadeva Goswami has been explaining
everything about Bhagavan to Maharaja Pariksit, especially the Lord’s activities in relation with
this world. Yet, everyone wanted to hear the discussions between Vidura and Maitreya because
they thought that they might include juicier topics. So, in Canto Three we have been hearing all
about how they met, in what mentality, and the discussion. However, it goes right back to the
32
Lord’s relation to this world. Maitreya has explained the creation of the universal shells, the
Virata-rupa and Vidura has asked more questions, some big, some detailed.
Now, in this Chapter we see Maitreya continuing to the personal creation of our Brahma and
his first meeting with Bhagavan. That is like Texts 10-33, but before that is the history of how
Maitreya Muni heard Srimad Bhagavatam. This is Texts 1-9. Who are Parasara, Pulastya,
Sankarsana, Sankhyayana and Sanat-kumar?
DETAILS
Text 1 – In the future we will see the details of the Dynasty of Puru! Puru goes to Kuru. Notice
these Kings are glorified as more than Brahmavadi or Paramatmavadis. Pretty high, no? Now
all the “Kings” are Vikarmi-vadis, no?
5 – NDX (Yoga Siddhis); Here’s how to travel, no? Stories of Prabhupada experimenting with
traveling on Sunbeams while in Germany.
6 – Who is the head of the four Kumaras? What are the names of all four? Prayers must be
with fine a__________ and l______”.
7 – Unless one hears from the proper authority one cannot become a preacher.
9 – NDX (Biographys – Pulastya and Parasara); Super point, no? Srimad Bhagavatam existed
since time immemorial, even before Vyasadeva.
Parāśara's action was appreciated by Pulastya because Parāśara had ________ the demons out
of his brahminical power of ___________. [See SB 9.15.40 for more details on this duty of a
brahmana]
10 – Detail: In this level of destruction we still keep our subtle bodies.
12 – This is the verse we memorized last week, no? Which text in NOI talks like this?
15 – We have conception of what three?
18 – Who is the most intelligent man? Socrates tried to introduce this also.
19 – Appreciate BG 18.55.
21 – Are those who just try to understand the Absolute Truth also devotees?
22 – Seems like 10% of his day was spent in meditation, no? Is there any group other than the
followers of Lord Caitanya who use, accept the Brahma-samhita?
Is there an error in the translation? Head  heart?
24 – Picture this in your mind’s eye! BG 2.59
26 – BRS 1.1.11 – Refesh your memory of this verse! We saw an ISKCON translation of the
Gopal-tapani Upanishad at Nitai-gaurasundara Das’ house.
27 – Continuous competition! Can you appreciate the idea? Does it sound tiring?
31 – So beautiful description. So personal!
33
ESSAY
Please write one page summarizing the Chapter including a description of Sriman
Garbhodakasayi Visnu, how did Maiteya Muni hear Srimad Bhagavatam, the manifestation of
the lotus, it’s significance, and Brahma’s first few hours until he starts to offer prayers.
34
CHAPTER 9: Brahma's Prayers for Creative Energy
Texts = 44
KP =
MEMORIZE
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 3.9.25
so 'sāv adabhra-karuṇo bhagavān vivṛddhaprema-smitena nayanāmburuhaḿ vijṛmbhan
utthāya viśva-vijayāya ca no viṣādaḿ
mādhvyā girāpanayatāt puruṣaḥ purāṇaḥ
SYNONYMS
saḥ — He (the Lord); asau — that; adabhra — unlimited; karuṇaḥ — merciful; bhagavān — the
Personality of Godhead; vivṛddha — excessive; prema — love; smitena — by smiling; nayanaamburuham — the lotus eyes; vijṛmbhan — by opening; utthāya — for flourishing; viśvavijayāya — for glorifying the cosmic creation; ca — as also; naḥ — our; viṣādam — dejection;
mādhvyā — by sweet; girā — words; apanayatāt — let Him kindly remove; puruṣaḥ — the
Supreme; purāṇaḥ — oldest.
TRANSLATION
The Lord, who is supreme and is the oldest of all, is unlimitedly merciful. I wish that He may
smilingly bestow His benediction upon me by opening His lotus eyes. He can uplift the entire
cosmic creation and remove our dejection by kindly speaking His directions.
This is the verse the ISKCON Pujari’s have used to wake up the Lord. We can all use it also.
SUMMARY
We are gradually seeing the development of the material universe. Now Lord Brahma has seen
Garbhodakasayi Visnu and naturally he begins to glorify, illuminate, Him, especially in terms of
his, Brahma’s, relation to Him, his service to Him. These prayers seem to have a multi-
dimensional organization that it would take quite some time for us to catch with our limited
intellect. Yet, we feel we can sense some of it. The secret is to catch a little of Brahma’s
appreciation of the Lord and use it, no?
The prayers are so beautiful to chant.
35
[Srinivasa: This conversation of Brahma with Vishnu was previously discussed in canto 2
chapter 9. We can see the repetition of some aspects like Brahma asking for mercy not to
become proud and Lord Vishnu giving him instructions on how not to fall in maya.]
The Whole Chapter
1-25 - Brahma’s prayers.
26-28 - Maitreya describes the scene after the Prayers.
29-43 Visnu responds to Brahma’s prayer.
44 – Lord Visnu disappears.
Brahma’s Prayers
1-4 – “This form I finally see before me is supreme”: Brahman, incarnations, devotees,
conditioned souls are all mentioned in comparison to this Supreme form. What qualities of
Visnu are mentioned? Why does Brahma see Lord Visnu as superior to himself? At the end the
suffering of the non-devotees is mentioned.
5 – In contrast the devotees enjoy.
6-10 – Non-devotee’s sufferings
11 - In contrast the devotees enjoy
12-13 – Those who are in between devotees and non-devotees, demigods.
14-20 – In general we see this as a description of how the Lord is progressively entering the
prison.
21-25 - Brahma prays to these manifested forms of the Lord for the strength to create and the
humility to realize he is an instrument and not fall into Maya.
Lord Visnu’s Comments
29-43 – Do we see Lord Visnu describing Himself, the prayer of Brahma? Is Brahma a little
attached to the mode of passion ie. he wants to see himself as the doer of some big thing? Is the
post of Lord Brahma Karma-yoga for some Brahmas? Lord Visnu guarantees Brahma will be
able to create the planetary systems and he will be free from false of thinking Himself as the
doer. How will that happen?
DETAILS
1 – BG 2.59 (Many times we see this), “na yad vacas…”. We try to match the content of the
Purports with the content of the Verse.
2 – Visnu is the source, the spiritual world is pure.
36
3 – BG 18.55, “The influence of time is…”, BS 5.33
4 – He is liberated. “Pilgrims to hell”, Bg 12.5, “They love to argue” – Is this what it means to be
a materialistic Jnani. Karmis love gross matter.
5 – Relate to the Lord 1, 2, 3.
[Srinvasa 6 – Anxieties will exist in us up to the point of not surrendering everything unto the
Lord]
10 – NDX (Economics - “Factory is another name for hell”, Sudras, Vaisyas, must find a market).
Even the Sages! Compare with ISO 12, review it.
11 - BG 4.11. “adau sraddha …”. NDX (Origin of the Jiva - “Each and every living entity is
originally attached to a particular type of transcendental service because he is eternally the
servitor of the Lord.”)
12 – It seems that Prabhupada started to discuss this text in the last purport. That happens
often, like Prabhupada is reading and commenting on a few verses at a time. “The demigods in
the heavenly planets, and many devotees on this planet also, want to remain in the material
world as devotees of the Lord and take advantage of material happiness.” “The nondevotees,
however, are …”. Sa-kama devotees don’t think of others. Niskama devotees become
missionaries (So often mentioned the missionary role of devotees).
13. BG 9.27 Demigods are making gradual progress?
14. This Purport clearly follows the Translation. Interesting: Visnu has Rasa with Durga.
Reminds us of Krsna book story of Krsna at the home of Kubja.
16 – 15 is Avatara’s and 16 is Virata-rupa? BG 9.10. Both Siva and Brahma are under the
control of the material nature! “Shadow” or “Reflection”? A very good argument”: How can
heaven be void of its reflection is full?
17 – “Systematically unmindful”: They are religious about going to their club for beer and
games and girls. SB 7.5.30-32 and NoI 1. Devotional service is Arcanam not 9-processes?!
19 – BG 9.11
20 – Enjoys what? (Feel it?) A day at the beach?
21 – Arcana 4AM-10PM. Mayavadis try to understand spirit by negating matter! (Euclid’s
basic principles of geometry compare to this in an interesting fashion).
22 – He maintains all.
23 – You are not the doer? (Not even a little bit???)
24 – You need protection.
25 – “Increasingly merciful!!!”
Why does this world exist?
26 - Maitreya Uvaca.
37
27-28 – Construction of planetary systems! 3>9>81> … Lord Brahma is such a great
person, devotee, servant, engineer! If he was in ISKCON he would be the Super-bowl all by
himself, Yet, would we feel that he had a little bit of passion in his character eg. he was feeling
little attached to the results for being ISKCON’s chief man in the construction of the big Temple
in Mayapura?
29 – Bhagavan Uvaca – So nice. Just like Arjuna and Krsna in BG, no?
30 – “God helps those who help themselves?” BG 10.10
31 - !!! Specific lila.
32 – Fire in wood. Reminds us of Isopanisad’s instructions, no? And BG 4.35!
33 – “sampatti-varana” – NOI 8 = BRS “Jivan-mukta… (Service attitude + vaikuntha, Do you
shudder?)
37 – “Prema anjana…” do you know it?
38 – Voluntary endeavor?
41 – BG 15.7 “Mamaivamsa …”
42 – “The Principle of love”.
ESSAY
Pretend that you in Lord Brahma’s position and write one page of Prayers following Lord
Brahma’s example. Do it with feeling. Makes us feel how much heart Lord Brahma put into
these things
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE TWO
Srila Prabhupada wrote all these books! He must have been filled with spiritual power. Now
we are reviewing Chapters 5-9 of his Third Canto. In Chapters 1-4 we saw the background to
the meeting of Vidura and Maitreya. Now we see the beginning of their discussion. How much
of the Bhagavatam will be based upon discussions about their conversations?
Chapter Five – General Overview
1. Where did Vidura and Maitreya meet? (Uddhava and Vidura? Uddhava and Krsna?
Parikshit and Sukadeva Goswami? Where did they meet?) (3.5.1 +)
38
2. Vidura should have asked about Krsna’s pastimes in Dvaraka and Mathura, but instead
he asked about Krsna’s creation of the material world. Why? Two reasons? (3.5.2)
3. The material world is predominantly in the mode of _________________? (3.5.28)
4. Try to put all these in the proper order as they appear in the sequential process of
creation as described with the texts beginning with 3.5.25 and so forth: Maya, Mahattattva, Krsna, Purusa, Time, Embodied Living Beings.
5. Give the English for karya, karanam, kartr. (29)
6. Describe the order of creation of the five gross elements (up to 3.5.37)
7. What problem were the demigods facing? Why did they pray to the Lord? (48)
Chapter Six – General Overview
1. In the last chapter the demigods asked for knowledge about how to work together. Did
the Lord give them this knowledge? What did He do? (1)
2. Pick three demigods and tell us by which sense organ of the Virata-rupa they are
represented: Agni, Varuna, Asvini-kumaras, Surya, Anila, Prajapati, Mitra, Indra, Moon,
Rudra, Visnu, Brahma.
Chapter Seven – General Overview
Maitreya is describing the sequential creation of the material world, but Vidura makes a
deviation to ask a very fundamental question. What is his question?
Chapter Eight – General Overview
1. The creation continues. Maitreya heard the Srimad Bhagavatam description of creation.
In a disciplic succession how were the following persons related to his hearing:
Sankhyayana Muni, Sankarsana, Parasara and Brhaspati, Sanat-kumar, Pulastya. (1-9)
2. After Brahma appeared on the lotus what did he do? (10+)
3. What did Garbhodakasayi Visnu look like?
4. What did Brahma want to do? (31)
Chapter Nine – General Overview
1. What does Brahma say in his prayers?
2. For what two things does he ask?
3. What does the Lord tell Him in response to his prayers?
Chapter Five – Detailed Review
39
1. We are seeing so many advanced aspects of Guru-disciple relations in these chapters of the
Third Canto. What does guru-maryada-vyatikrama mean?
2. What are the two reasons why Uddhava sent Vidura to be a disciple of Maitreya?
3. Vidura should only have asked about Krsna’s personality etc, but instead he asked about life
in this material world in relation to God. Why did he do this (SB3.5.2)
4. What does the common man have to hear first when we are preaching? This is mentioned in
NOI also. (SB 3.5.2)
5. Introduction to Isopanisad explains, pratyaksa, anumana and sruti as ways of knowing. Yet
in SB 3.5.4 when Vidura meets Maitreya he asks for a process by which he can receive
knowledge in a fourth and even higher way. What is that way? At what stage in our spiritual
development are we qualified to receive this kind of knowledge eg. Vaidhi=bhakti, Ragaanuga-bhakti, Prema-bhakti, Bhava-bhakti? (3.5.4)
6. SB 3.5.5 – “O great sage, kindly narrate how the Supreme Personality of Godhead . . . creates
the cosmic manifestation with perfectly arranged regulative principles for its maintenance.”
Where can we find this confirmed in the Isopanisad? Sanskrit x English.
7. SB 3.5.7 - “A human being is born due to union of the father and mother … but the spiritual
master becomes the actual father.” Explain this?
8. SB 3.5.8 “The cow is the most important animal for developing the human body to
perfection. The body can be maintained by any kind of foodstuff, but cow's milk is particularly
essential for developing _____ _____ _______ so that one can understand the intricacies of
transcendental knowledge. “
9. SB 3.5.8 The bull helps ______________________, and thus in one sense the bull is the
father of humankind, whereas the cow is the mother because ______________?
10. SB3.5.9 - “Every living being is under the plan of his natural inclinations in terms of the
modes of material nature. … his form and bodily features are designed according to his work,
and his name is designated according to his bodily features. For example, the higher classes of
men are white (śukla), and the lower classes of men are black. This division of white and black
is in terms of one's white and black duties of life.” Please explain this. Are Hare Krsna’s racists?
11. T/F. Except for the Bhagavata purana there are insufficient topics directly concerning Kṛṣṇa
in the Purāṇas, Mahābhārata, etc., (SB3.5.10)
12. What are the two important Kṛṣṇa-kathās current in the world? (10)
13. Some mundane fools are above the modes of ignorance and passion and are situated in the
mode of goodness, but mundane goodness is always contaminated by tinges of
__________________. (11)
14. What is the Maha-tattva, is it present in your body? (27-28)
40
15. How do we get into Maya? How do we get out? (51)
Chapter Six– Detailed Review
1. What are the 23-elements of material nature that come from Visnu? Put them in groups eg.
working senses? (3.6.2)
2. How many life airs are there: 1, 7, 10, 12? Name one and how it moves? (3.6.9)
3. Prabhupada mentions two things in text 3.6.10 about science. What does he say the title PhD
can mean? In a few words what is the analogy of the frog in the well?
Chapter Seven– Detailed Review
1. In SB 3.7 Vidura asks if Krsna becomes materially conditioned when we enters the material
world, creates the material world. He says the Jivas are sat-cit-ananda and in the association of
the super-soul, so how can they suffer. What are the answers to these two questions?
2. SB 3.7.19 says, “Both the lowest of fools and he who is transcendental to all intelligence
enjoy happiness, whereas persons between them suffer the material pangs.” Is this true? Please
explain.
3. Is perfection possible through Kirtan in any age, eg Satya, Treta…? If yes, is there special
importance in the Kali-yuga? (20)
4. Do ISKCON devotees engage in Tantric yoga? (30)
5. SB 3.7.39: “…all the ācāryas and saints of the world had spiritual masters”. Who are the
spiritual masters of Lord Jesus Christ, Prophet Mohammad, Lord Buddha, Ramanuja Acharya,
Sankara Acharya, Madhva Acharya? (Hint: Bible, Mathew 3.13, http://www.obible.com/cgibin/ob.cgi?version=bbe&book=mat&chapter=3 )
Chapter Eight– Detailed Review
1. Who is the head of the four Kumaras? What are the names of all four? Prayers must be
with fine a__________ and l______”. (3.8.6)
2. Can we achieve the ultimate spiritual point by personal endeavor? If yes, support your
answer. If no, what else do we need? (3.8.19)
3. What is the process for developing detachment for inferior material things? Support your
answer through a scriptural reference (3.8.24)
4. Brahma saw and appreciated the transcendental beauty of the Lord. Mention three things
from the description of His beauty. (3.8.24-31)
41
Chapter Nine– Detailed Review
1. Explain the meaning of sakama and niskama devotees with examples. How does the Lord
reciprocate to their devotion?(3.9.12)
2. Srila Prabhupada says ‘The path of spiritual life is stated in the Vedas to be like the edge of a
sharpened razor. A little inattentiveness may at once create havoc and bloodshed’. Why is
spiritual life compared to a sharpened razor and what do we need to do to protect from the
havoc that may be created? (3.9.24)
3. When Brahma tried to see the Lord initially he failed, but later he succeeded. What did he
do different to succeed? (3.9.37)
4. The perfection of any activity — social, political, religious or philanthropic — is to S_____y
the S______ L___ (3.9.41)
5. In a conditioned state the body and the bodily extensions like children and relatives seem
dear most. What is the actual basis for all affection? Give some details (3.9.42)
MODULE III: THE TIME. THE CREATION OF BRAHMA
(VISARGAH)
CHAPTER 10: Divisions of the Creation
Texts = 30
ttd MI Document
Memorize
Śrī Brahma-saḿhitā 5.32
ańgāni yasya sakalendriya-vṛtti-manti
paśyanti pānti kalayanti ciraḿ jaganti
ānanda-cinmaya-sad-ujjvala-vigrahasya
govindam ādi-puruṣaḿ tam ahaḿ bhajāmi
SYNONYMS
ańgāni — the limbs; yasya — of whom; sakala-indriya — of all the organs; vṛtti-manti —
possessing the functions; paśyanti — see; pānti — maintain; kalayanti — manifest; ciram —
eternally,; jaganti — the universes; ānanda — bliss; cit — truth; maya — full of; sat —
substantiality; ujjvala — full of dazzling splendor; vigrahasya — whose form; govindam —
Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
42
TRANSLATION
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, whose transcendental form is full of bliss, truth,
substantiality and is thus full of the most dazzling splendor. Each of the limbs of that
transcendental figure possesses in Himself, the full-fledged functions of all the organs, and
eternally sees, maintains and manifests the infinite universes, both spiritual and mundane.
SYNONYMS
ańgāni — the limbs; yasya — of whom; sakala-indriya — of all the organs; vṛtti-manti —
possessing the functions; paśyanti — see; pānti — maintain; kalayanti — manifest; ciram —
eternally,; jaganti — the universes; ānanda — bliss; cit — truth; maya — full of; sat —
substantiality; ujjvala — full of dazzling splendor; vigrahasya — whose form; govindam —
Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
TRANSLATION
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, whose transcendental form is full of bliss, truth,
substantiality and is thus full of the most dazzling splendor. Each of the limbs of that
transcendental figure possesses in Himself, the full-fledged functions of all the organs, and
eternally sees, maintains and manifests the infinite universes, both spiritual and
Summary
The contents of the chapter seem to match the chapter title well.
SB 3.10.1: Śrī Vidura said: O great sage, please let me know how Brahmā, the
grandfather of the planetary inhabitants, created the bodies of the living entities from
his own body and mind after the disappearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Up to Text 10 Maitreya Muni describes how Brahma divided the universe into three and then
14 planetary systems.
Then in Text 10 Vidura asks about what is time. Super excellent discussion follows.
Then in Text 14 Maitreya either returns to the question in Text 1 or continues to answer it in
terms of how time is manifest in the different types of creations. There are a lot of different
groups of creation mentioned. Will we be able to get a good grasp on all these divisions?
Text 27 Summarizes these divisions into Prakrta (Natural) and Vaikrta (by Brahma’s
intelligence).
43
Specific Details
3.10.5 – Are you as strong as Lord Brahma? What hope do you have for doing a service like
this?
6 – Ahh!
The answer.
9 – Names of the planetary systems.
10 – The discussion of Time starts at this point. If we can explain what is time, so many groups
of people will be interested: Physicists, lovers, psychologists, philosophers, children, economists,
biologists. We’ve posted the article from the Encyclopedia Britannica on our website:
http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/596034/time
11 – This is nice. We can understand about 15% of what Srila Prabhupada seems to be
explaining.
12 – The tape-recorder: We use this analogy repeatedly to explain how Krsna is present and
not present in this world.
14 – 15%
15 – So brilliant, Jnana.
17 – What is the order here? Are we free from these five kinds of material bondage?
18 - Now the creations by the intelligence of Brahma.
20 – Such an important understanding of what it is like to be a tree.
21 – Incredible! 1st we see how trees feel and then dogs (it sure seems true from how we see
them dreaming etc.) and now snakes.
26 – Trees, dogs, snakes, humans . . . SB reveals it all, how they think.
28-29 – Jinn is an Arabic term, no? We remember it from One Thousand and One Arabian
Nights. It also occurs in the Holy Koran, no? So many species are listed. Is the relation of these
higher beings to us like our relations to cockroaches that live in our house?
30 – Next are the Manus. This may be easier to understand.
Species – Table format
Creation
Creation/Species
Notes
Number
1 to 6 are natural creations called prakrta
1
Mahattattva
2
False ego
in false ego various material
resources, jnana and karma
activities arise
44
3
Sense perception
Elements are created from this
4
Knowledge and working
Seems third and fourth creations are
capacity
natural phases of second creation.
Controlling deities by the
This is devas
5
intraction of mode of
goodness
6
Ignorant darkness of jiva
This is asuras
by which he acts as fool
7-10 is Brahma’s Creation and are called Vaikrta (Kumaras are both Prakrta &
Vaikrta)
7
Immovable entities
Six kinds of trees/creepers
1. the fruit trees without flowers
2. trees and plants which exist
until the fruit is ripe
3. creepers
4. pipe plants
5. creepers which have no support
6. trees with flowers and fruits
8
28 Lower species
They know their desirable by smell
and they are concerned with eating
and sleeping! Except for snakes
these can be tamed by providing
these two accommodations.
1. Two hoofed (9 examples)[cow]
2. One hoofed (6 examples)[horse]
3. Five nails (13 examples)
[monkey]
4. Birds (12 examples) [peacock]
9
Human beings!
Passion is prominent in them; they
keep themselves busy in the midst of
miseries but think themselves happy
in all respects! Unlike animals
humans engage in sex in irregular
manner.
10
Demons, forefathers,
45
The spirits and jinn mentioned in
bhutas, raksasas (super
this connection are also counted
humans/beings??)
among the demigods because they
are able to perform uncommon
functions not possible for men
ESSAY
Summarize how this chapter begins to answer Vidura’s question in Text One. Explain what is
Time? You can include, compare and contrast information from other sources.
CHAPTER 11: Calculation of the Time from the Atom
Texts = 42
Memorize
Brahma Samhita 5.52
yac-cakṣur eṣa savitā sakala-grahāṇāṁ
rājā samasta-sura-mūrtir aśeṣa-tejāḥ
yasyājñayā bhramati sambhṛta-kāla-cakro
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
Word for word:
yat — of whom; cakṣuḥ — the eye; eṣaḥ — the; savitā — sun; sakala-grahāṇām — of all the
planets; rājā — the king; samasta-sura — of all the demigods; mūrtiḥ — the image; aśeṣa-tejāḥ
— full of infinite effulgence; yasya — of whom; ājñayā — by the order; bhramati — performs
his journey; sambhṛta — complete; kāla-cakraḥ — the wheel of time; govindam — Govinda;
ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
Translation:
The sun who is the king of all the planets, full of infinite effulgence, the image of the good soul,
is as the eye of this world. I adore the primeval Lord Govinda in pursuance of whose order the
sun performs his journey mounting the wheel of time.
Cited in SB 3.11.13 & 14. You can chant this hymn each day upon first seeing the Sun.
46
General Summary
We seem to encounter something that is quite unusual for the SB, a completely un-expected
break in the logical flow of the text.
At the end of Chapter Ten, Maitreya Muni said that he would now talk about the descendants
of the Manu's, but we see him turning to a description of the atom.
Of course, this is a wonderful talk for modern man.
1-2 - Atoms
3-15 - Time measured by movement in terms of atomic space and cosmic events.
16 - Vidura asks about time for those who live longer than one Kalpa.
23 - We come to the time factor as it relates to the Manus.
28 - Manus finished but discussion of the creations and destructions of the universe continue,
Brahma's night is discussed.
We see that the three worlds are clearly described as Patala, Martya and Indralokas. We live in
the Martyaloka worlds where people do not live long. Above this are Brahmaloka and Mahar,
Tapa and Janaloka which are not destroyed at the end of each Kali, Treta, Dvapara, Satya-yuga
cycle (divya-yuga).
Then there is a description of Brahma's life and it's time divisions, the physical details of the size
of this universe and a summary of times relation to Krsna. There are so many nice things about
Vedic science that it is difficult to extract them all individually for our Index. So, NDX
(Cosmology, Science = SB 3.11).
Details
1. Just this one text has so many important points for modern scientific man. First, NDX
[Bibliography –The work, "Paramanu-vada", by Kanada gives detailed description of atomism.
s/a Biography].
Contrasting with Prabhupada’s statement, now modern science breaks down the atom in to
proton, neutron, electron, meson etc.
“The atom of the Bhagavata is the subtle form of eternal time.” We don't understand this but it
seems to match the general idea of things from Western thought also.
We see that different Nobel Laureates have their own description of what is the atom. It is not
an empiric entity. Like the soul no one has ever seem the atom. So it is an entity whose
existence and character are postulated from its symptoms.
47
6. Srila Prabhupada is covering a lot of material quickly. Of course, the inverse of the truti ie
1/1687.5 is the frequency. This is like second note "C" above middle "C" on the piano. Can a boy
born in a Brahmana family with good nerves and good education chant and accent the Vedic
mantras at the rate of 1/1687.5 cycles per second. If he could then probably he could do many
subtle things with metal alloys etc.
What does it mean to "integrate"? We don't know.
8. Something to investigate in future: If 2 dandas (30 min each) make one muhurta then
muhurta is 60 minutes. Isn’t muhurta 48 minutes?
9. "As simply as could be done". This is major aspect of Vedic physics and engineering!
14. NDX (Time = Table of Time Units; Epistemology = P'pada's limit/type of knowledge)
16. Amazing, Maharloka et al aren't finished each night of Brahma.
22. NDX (Cosmology = Brahma Dreams of Visnu)
25. NDX (Cosmology = Change of Manu means change of Indra, 7 Sages, Gandharvas)
28. NDX (Cosmology, Time = Three worlds defined, confusing). We thought the earth was Bhumandala. Bhuvah was the sky where the Gandharvas lived. Yet here Patala is indicated to be
Bhu-mandala. This is confusing to us, but seems to match with the earlier confusion that some
demoniac species live in the sky above the earth.
29. NDX (Cosmology = Sun and Moon are covered but not destroyed with three worlds).
34. Chant BG 8.17, note the word for word. Eventually we will have memorized it. Everyone
dies.
38. NDX (Bibliography = BS and SB completely agree).
40. Wonderful grouping of the 16 and 8 elements. That totals 24 as before mentioned, yet is
the mind mentioned in both groups?
Essay
How do you feel after hearing about the technical details of time and its calculation? What
does Srila Prabhupada say about it? From this chapter, and related outside material as you like,
make a description of time and the cosmos.
CHAPTER 12: Creation of the Kumaras and Others
Texts = 57
Memorize
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 11.5.41
48
devarṣi-bhūtāpta-nṛṇāḿ pitṝṇāḿ
na kińkaro nāyam ṛṇī ca rājan
sarvātmanā yaḥ śaraṇaḿ śaraṇyaḿ
gato mukundaḿ parihṛtya kartam
SYNONYMS
deva — of the demigods; ṛṣi — of the sages; bhūta — of ordinary living entities; āpta — of
friends and relatives; nṛṇām — of ordinary men; pitṝṇām — of the forefathers; na — not;
kińkaraḥ — the servant; na — nor; ayam — this one; ṛṇī — debtor; ca — also; rājan — O
King; sarva-ātmanā — with his whole being; yaḥ — a person who; śaraṇam — shelter;
śaraṇyam — the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who affords shelter to all; gataḥ —
approached; mukundam — Mukunda; parihṛtya — giving up; kartam — duties.
TRANSLATION
O King, one who has given up all material duties and has taken full shelter of the lotus feet of
Mukunda, who offers shelter to all, is not indebted to the demigods, great sages, ordinary living
beings, relatives, friends, mankind or even one's forefathers who have passed away. Since all
such classes of living entities are part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, one who has
surrendered to the Lord's service has no need to serve such persons separately.
It is cited in SB 3.12.5, but many other places. Can you find it in BG As It Is?
General Summary
The following is correct?
Maitreya Rsi comments (Text1) that he has now explained the glories of the Lord in His form as
time and now he will go ahead with the explantion of the creations of Brahma. Sri Maha-visnu
and Garbhodakasayi-visnu give Brahma the basic elements and now he has to create
individual bodies for the conditioned souls to get liberation.
Fill in the blanks with proper text numbers:
Texts ______ Describe creation of bad aspects of the material world.
Texts ______ Describe creation of the Kumaras and Lord Siva.
Texts ______ Describe creation of _______ more sons of Lord Brahma.
Texts ______ Describe the creation of Dharma, Adharma, Kardama, Vak (28-33), the Vedas in
all their divisions and details.
49
Texts 49-57 return to a description of creating bodies, on up to Manu, as opposed to creation
of elements of the universe described in the previous section.
Details
2 - First the living conditions are described. NDX (Comparative Religion - Patanjali accepts the
five kinds of nescience described here).
3 - NDX (Free Will - SUPER Summary of how we create Maya). What are the five kinds of
nescience?
4 - NDX (Bio, Comparative Religion - Kumara's Sampradaya.) Sankhya, yoga, vairagya and
tapas. No details so guess we will see later why they are important. Maybe these are pillars of
Nimbarka Swami.
5 - SB 11.5.41 - Super famous verse. We'll memorize it for Bhaktivedanta (Why wait?).
Narada Muni is finishing his teachings to Vasudeva, probably by citing the instructions of the
Nine Yogendras. Does this include VAD? We will find out later.
11- "... is very significant." So, if we want to live a life full of significance then we should
understand this point. We already learned this in NOI 1, no? aviroddha...
The Rudra Principle.
SB 10.2.32 (This is prayers by the Demigods, no?) NDX (BIO - Lord Siva)
22 - Siva, 10 sons of Brahma, Narada: What is their relationship in terms of Lord Brahma's
creation?
23 - What two things does 'Narada' mean?
26 - NDX (anger - Siva from Brahma, even scholars)
28 - NDX [VAD Grhastha - Brahma attracted to own daughter]
29-34 - Should, how do we chastise a superior? Earlier Kalpa of Brahma. Not contaminated.
36 - Good question.
38 - NDX [Bibliografy Vastu etc. called Upapurana]
ESSAY
Please describe your experiences with character defects of your superiors in terms of Lord
Brahma's pastime, without mentioning names, or using fictitious names. How did you and how
can we make adjustments and corrections for such defects?
50
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE III
GENERAL
1. Where is an explanation of the division of creation into Sarga and Visarga, all the time
factors in the Universe and creation of the species, and people by Lord Brahma? (Oink!
Oink!)
2. How many creations are Sarga and how many are Visarga?
3. Brahma’s creations are Sarga or Visarga?
4. Name as many as you can of the planetary systems that are not destroyed at the end of
each day of Brahma? Are the Sun and Moon destroyed (details)?
DETAILS
1. How is Time like a tape-recorder [3.10.12]
2. Is the material manifestation false [14]
3. Name at least three immovable entities that Brahma has created. [19]
4. Tigers can be conquered by arrangements for __________ & ______________, only
s_________ cannot be tamed by this method. [21]
5. What name does Prabhupada give for Bhutas and Pretas in 3.10.28? Although low
species, why are they named as superior to human beings?
6. [3.11.1] What is the name of the Sad-darshana philosopher whose treatise describes
and atomic structure of the universe? What is the name of his treatise?
7. [5] How many atoms in a ‘tresaranu’.
8. [14] We may find it difficult to give a technical explanation of these topics of atoms and
time, but Srila Prabhupada can do it, correct?
9. [28] What are the three worlds described in this chapter? They seem to be different in
different places.
10. T/F - We are in the first half of Brahma’s day?
11. Is there time in the spiritual world? If you answer as yes, explain how it is different
from the time in the material world. [38]
12. [41] How big is the universe? How many coverings are there? How big is the outermost
one?
13. [3.12.2] In simple English with short, short description list as many as you can of the
five kinds of nescience created by Brahma?
14. [3] The process starts with abuse of our free-will but why does Krsna let us glide down
to the lowest level of material existence? Does He try to stop us?
51
15. [4] What is the name of the Kumara Sampradaya in the modern world?
16. [11] What are some of the symptoms of the Rudra principle?
17. [28] From 3.9.35 we know that the Lord has assured Brahma that he will not fall to the
vicious mode of passion. But we see in this chapter that Brahma was bewildered with
sex urge. How do you explain this?
18. [33] What do the two syllables “Nara” and “Da” mean?
52
MODULE IV: APPEARANCE OF SRI VARAHA
CHAPTER 13: The Appearance of Lord Varaha
Text = 50
MEMORIZE
Daçävatära-stotra
(from Gétä-govinda)
by Jayadeva Gosvämé
Text Three
vasati daçana-çikhare dharaëé tava lagnä
çaçini kalaìka-kaleva nimagnä
keçava dhåta-çükara-rüpa jaya jagadéça hare
SYNONYMS
vasati–sits; daçana-çikhare–upon the tip of Your tusk; dharaëé–the earth; tava–Your; lagnä–sits fixed;
çaçini–of the moon; kalaìka-kala–a faint spot; iva–just like; nimagnä–which had become immersed (in the
Garbhodaka Ocean); keçava–O Lord Keçava, of fine hair!; dhåta-çükara-rüpa–who have accepted the
form of a boar; jaya jagadéça hare...
TRANSLATION
O Keçava! O Lord of the universe! O Lord Hari, who have assumed the form of a boar! All glories to
You! The earth, which had become immersed in the Garbhodaka Ocean at the bottom of the universe, sits
fixed upon the tip of Your tusk like a spot upon the moon.
Cited in SB 3.13.27. Verse for Varaha Avatara. If we memorize these verses on the festival day of the
incarnation then within one year we will know most of the Dasa-avatara Stotra. We’ve heard that Srila
Prabhupada liked for us to chant this Stotraon the incarnation days.
SUMMARY
3.13.2 = What did Svaymbhu. do after married to Sat.?
4 = Memorable text.
1-4 ? by Vidura.
5 = Glorify Vidura
6-8 = Manu's petition.
9-13 = Brahma's answer.
10 VAD (son's duty)
11 = I want three things.
Why satisfy Visnu?
14-15 = Manu's answer.
16-33 = Maitreya speaks(Brahma: Hmmm? ! !! *! Appears L. Varaha from... Varaha-lila).
34-45 = Rsi stuti, Varaha-mahima: Purusa avatar. Qualities of Lord (34-39), Varaha lila mahima.
46-50 = More Lila and its qualities.
53
DETAILS
4 - Where does Krsna recommend worship of His devotees is greater than Himself? Siva to Parvati?
5 - What must Maitreya think about his "student"?! "He is much greater than me!"
7-12 - NDX (VAD -Son's duty)
12 - Manu samhita
17 - 'Sometimes perplexed but never discouraged’.
23 - NDX (Cosmology - Mountains can roar).
25 - NDX (Harinam- Maha Mantra most import mantra('brhan-naradiya-purana')).
26 – Chant this Isopanisad verse from memory (hiranmayena…). What is the Text number?
27 – Our verse to memorize.
31 – Tapa-loka is covered each night of Brahma? Per VCT Maitreya amalgamated the Lord’s incarnation
as Varaha in Caksusa and Svayambhuva periods. This is further clarified in 3.14.2 purport.
35 – Remember theveda-vadis from Isopanisad? Find them in BG. Also BG 7.15 is cited. Chant it
memorize it. NDX (Inter-faith-dialogs Veda-vada-ratis).
38 – NDX (Sacrfices - 7 regular kinds mentioned)
43 - BG 9.10. This is like “maya tatam idam..” cited in NIO. Jambavan in the KRSNA book says the
same things in his prayers that he offers after fighting with Krsna for the Syamantaka jewel.
46 - ! “vague explanation…”: the physicists are sooo proud of the law of gravity and feel it is so precise?!
49 – “But it is so hard to become sincere!” Just try a little bit to sacrifice a little more for Krsna service
today.
ESSAY
You are 8-years old and in the Boise or San Jose, public school system, and your teacher asks you to
explain this chapter to the class. How would you describe it in one page?
CHAPTER 14: Pregnancy of Diti in the Evening
Texts = 51
Memorize
Śrī Caitanya Caritāmṛta Madhya 11.31
ārādhanānāḿ sarveṣāḿ
viṣṇor ārādhanaḿ param
tasmāt parataraḿ devi
tadīyānāḿ samarcanam
SYNONYMS
ārādhanānām — of varieties of worship; sarveṣām — all; viṣṇoh — of Lord Viṣṇu; ārādhanam
— worship; param — the most exalted; tasmāt — and above such worship of Lord Viṣṇu;
parataram — of greater value; devi — O goddess; tadīyānām — of persons in relationship with
Lord Viṣṇu; samarcanam — rigid and firm worship.
54
TRANSLATION
"[Lord Śiva told the goddess Durgā:] 'My dear Devī, although the Vedas recommend worship of
demigods, the worship of Lord Viṣṇu is topmost. However, above the worship of Lord Viṣṇu is
the rendering of service to Vaiṣṇavas, who are related to Lord Viṣṇu.'
(See 3.13.4 and also find paraphrase in 3.12)
SUMMARY
1-4 - Questions by Vidura.
5-8 - Glories of Varaha Katha
9-51 - Diti x Kasyapa
DETAILS
2 – Sveta-varaha, the White Boar, appears in the Svayambhuva millennium (T/F)?
5 – We like to hear military strategy, like Hannibal versus the Romans. It keeps us “grounded”.
Yet, that is the “ground’ we are seeking by material happiness and distress, this bodily
existence. Give it up. Yes, only hearing of Krsna will kill “you”, your material body. Die as soon
as possible.
4 - Two qualities to hear Krishna Katha
6 – A young boy with children???
9- 51 - NDX (VAD, Stri dharma, Grhastha, Garbhadhan-samskara)
16 – Since we Americans are afflicted by sex desire often it would imply that our birth is
sinfully contaminated. However, Lord Caitanya said that even He became agitated by seeing the
wooden form of a woman?
18 - House holders need to support other ashramas, such charitable help is a source of
spiritual advancement.
19 – “My better half”.
25-29 – NDX (BIO – Siva). Aradhananam sarvesam
30 – H E A V Y ! How many times has the identical challenged been faced by Grhastha couples
in ISKCON.
31 – 300,000/(16x108) = ~174 rounds. We don’t have sex but we sometimes eat at homes of
people that are doubtful for a Sannyasi because we have become “too obligated” to them. Room
for improvement.
32 – NDX (Hari-nam)
55
38 – Who was Ravana’s father? He did not follow the regulative principles for Garbhadhana?!
KC movement can rectify sons of bad-parents, little Raksasas like us ?!
40 – AIDS is an incarnation of God to chastise the demons? Prabhupada said that if you eat
meat you must drink alcohol to digest it?
43 – What is the bad quality of dog here? What are other good qualities mentioned elsewhere?
46 – This is the complete success, no? Don’t become your enemy’s enemy? How is it possible?
Isopanisad says? BG?
47 – Give one example of ferocious animal!
48 – Very advanced for us, but we have to get to this (quickly). These three are discussed in BRS
Southern Part.
49 – What is dictionary definition of “profligate”? Licentious?
50 – You see Krsna like this? You are especially attached to one Lila?
51 – “Cool, God annihilate my brats and my Grandson will be a super devotee.” How could
Hiranyakasipu be the father of Prahlada?
Essay
There are several points discussed in this chapter that serve as guidelines and warnings for
grhasta life. Write 10 tips of successful grhasta life based on this chapter. You can also include
the points on entry into and exit from grhasta ashram.
CHAPTER 15: Description of the Kingdom of God
(rev. 120610)
Texts = 50
Memorize
3.15.43
tasyāravinda-nayanasya padāravindakiñjalka-miśra-tulasī-makaranda-vāyuḥ
antar-gataḥ sva-vivareṇa cakāra teṣāḿ
sańkṣobham akṣara-juṣām api citta-tanvoḥ
56
SUMMARY
In the last chapter Diti became pregnant. The resultant events are described in this chapter.
If you like please give the verses numbers for the following events:
What she did and what the Demigods experienced. ______1-2
Demigods direct Brahma’s attention to the situation. ______ 3
NDX (Biography, Brahma): The demigods glorify the character of Lord Brahma. ______ 3-8
They submit their appeal. _____ 9-10
Lord Brahma then describes the visit of the Kumaras to Vaikuntha and its glories and those of
the Lord and his associates there. 11-50
Travels of the Kumaras. 11-13
Vaikuntha – Residents, Queens, Bees, Forests, Airplanes. 13-22
Glories of Vaikuntha Katha. 23-25
Catursans’ pastimes with Jaya and Vijaya. 25-36
NDX (Bio, Visnu): Appears Lord Visnu and described His glories. 37-45
Prayers by Catursana: 46-50
NDX (Cosmology, Vaikuntha SB 3.15)
DETAILS
2 – Challenge to science. Seems like a broad perspective can explain this idea. NDX (Science)
3 – What does “tri-kala-jna” mean? Word for word?
4, 5 – Krsna is called “deva-deva” in BG 11. Is Prabhupada inventing this explanation of the
prayers by the demigods or is he repeating “param-para” explantion? Seems like a deviation
from this principle of BG “As It Is”. We need to have these things clear if we want to discuss
with other groups, eg. Mayavada, the meaning of SB and let them taste the Bhakti-vedanta
Purports. The Sanskrit is very beautiful.
13 – Biggest gun in the material world is full of anxiety, but some won’t admit it even to
themselves. To keep such illusion, they smoke.
15 – What is the difference between material and spiritual goodness?
16 - murtimat, murtimat!
17 – Why does the meter change???? We don’t know?
18, 19 – Yet there is “sense gratification” in Vaikuntha, no?
20, 21 – NDX (Sex, Vaikuntha, husband/wife)
57
23 – Do you understand this argument for the variegated nature of the spiritual world? Very
good argument.
24 – “It is not possible to go back to Godhead in one life, but in the human form one should at
least understand the goal of life and begin Kṛṣṇa consciousness.”
25 – This is the Purport to end all Purports. After this Purport no others can be written, but still
the translations and purports must continue. How many of the references given do you know?
How many are there? Does this sound like Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Prabhupada’s
endeavor? Can you chant SB 5.18.12 from memory? It is cited in NOI. How many of these
qualities do you have?
27 – Oh, so confusing, aren’t the Lord’s name, fame and paraphernalia non-different from
Him? Wouldn’t the Sages be animated and attentive to everything within proportion as they
approached the Form of the Lord???
31 – Well, O.K., this Purport is as great as 25! NDX (VAD, Sannyasa dharma, Given whatever
he asks; Anger at doorway of Vaikuntha).
32 - Aaaaah! Imposters in Vaikuntha? Is it possible? If everyone is cool in Vaikuntha then
why is there need of door keepers with sticks at the Lord’s palace doors?
33 – The Mayavadis have an interpretation of SB. It’s not Sankaracharya. Who is it? What is the
story of the Mayavadi commentaries?
34- Kama, Krodha, Lobha: Lust, anger and greed. Does greed come as a result of lust? We want
to gratify our senses and they require more and more like try to water a rock.
36 – O.K. The door keepers were not in Vaikuntha, no? They were at the doorway of
Vaikuntha.
43 – This is the verse. This is the event we hear about so much, how the impersonal Kumaras
become Visnu-bhaktas.
45- NDX (Interfaith-Dialog, Patanjali, yoga), BG 18.61, You know it from memory? No, then
did you look it up?
46 - Prayers by Kumara’s. The SB is full of hundreds of prayers. Vandanam, prayer, is one of
the nine limbs of our yoga. We must select some prayers for our personal recitation,
contemplation. Do these prayers inspire you personally? Are you like the Kumaras? Would you
like to chant your Japa in this mood? We see five points on epistemology and ontology in this
first verse. The prayers are intense. Gotta contemplate them and see how they pertain to us.
Duratma/Mahatma was discussed in NIO, our Mula-granth, where? Same context?
Which Isopanisad mantra is being cited here, verse number? Chant it from memory. Look it
up! Enjoy life.
“It is said in the BG…”. Is this Gita? Seems more like “ada sri krsna namadi…”
58
47 - O.K. They’ve established how they see Lord Visnu, now what is their next comment?
More epistemology with ontology as it is the goal of that epistemology. How to know the Form.
48- More epistemology, how do we know. Yet some praxeology, what do we do with our
knowledge. They hear and chant? Is their detachment from Mukti and Karma the cause or the
result of their hearing and chanting? I think probably both. Purport follows the verse so
nicely. Karma is described and then described again. We will learn the Canto Three verse
mentioned in this text later in this year!
49 – Soooo, are they asking for liberation??? Do they want to go on hearing and chanting so
they won’t suffer, or for Krsna’s satisfaction. Hmmm? They were “foolish impersonalists”, they
did make Vaisnava aparadha. Seems is O.K. to want liberation as a necessary position to serve
Krsna.
50 – So, they finish off with expression of Santa-rasa, no? They can see the form of the Lord,
but how? These are preliminary prayers, no?? How do they relate to the Siksatakam?
“premanjana churita, bhakti vilocanena.” avajananti mam mudha…?
Essay
Compare and contrast Vaikuntha and the material world and their inhabitants? Compare the
description of Vaikuntha in this chapter and the end of Canto Two.
And/Or
Analyze the Prayers of the Kumaras.
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE IV
CHAPTER 13: The Appearance of Lord Varaha
CHAPTER 14: Pregnancy of Diti in the Evening
CHAPTER 15: Description of the Kingdom of God
GENERAL
1. Let’s just step way, way back and look at why these three chapters are here in the
Bhagavatam. What happens in the the first two cantos? Who is teaching whom?
2. Why do we start talking about the conversation between Vidura and Maitreya in the
Third Canto?
3. Did Vidura meet Maitreya immediately? What happened to Vidura and Maitreya
before they met?
59
4. What is discussed in the first module of Canto Three, Chapters 1-4?
5. When Vidura met Maitreya about what should he have enquired?
6. First Sarga is discussed and then Visarga. What is the difference?
7. During the discussion of Visarga the birth of Manu from Brahma is discussed and then
this module, Chapter 13, starts by asking what did Manu and his wife do after being
requested to create population by Brahma, no?
8. How does this lead to the 1) the appearance of Lord Varaha, 2) the pregnancy of Diti in
the evening and the 3) description of the Kingdom of God?
9. Which of the following is true about Diti: 3.14.34,42,44-45
a. She was worried that her embryo may be killed by Lord Siva
b. She was pleased to know that Her son’s will be killed by the supreme personality
of Godhead
c. She had unflinching faith in the Supreme Lord
d. All of the above
10. What problem were the demigods facing when the approached Lord Brahma? 3.15.9
11. The flowering plants which are full of transcendental fragrance accept the superior
position of ______ plant. 3.15.19
12. Brahma also desires to have _____ form of life. 3.15.24
13. Immediately, after reaching the Vaikhunta planets what did the four kumaras
experienced? 3.15.26
a. Anger
b. Anxiety
c. Unprecedented Happiness
d. A desire to ride on the transcendental air planes
14. When the sages cursed the doormen, what did the doormen ask the sages? 3.15.36
15. The sages were initially attached to the personal form of the Lord. T/F? 3.5.43
SPECIFIC
Chapter 13
1. Compare the example of the Kumaras and Manu in terms of being good sons.
2. What did Lord Brahma ask Manu and his wife, Satarupa, to do? Where did they
propose to go to do this? Why did Lord Varaha incarnate?
3. Please tell us your reflections on the prayers to Lord Varaha offered by the sages. Is
there a structure to their prayers? Do they focus on any aspect of the Lord eg.
Yasodanandana? Pick a few verses and look at the Sanskrit.
60
Chapter 14
1. From the Purports to “Diti’s Pregnancy in the Evening”, what is the role of girls in selfrealization, liberation? 3.14.17 etc.
2. So many points on Grhastha ashrama spiritual life here, no? Have we read anything
with so many details on Grhastha ashrama before this section? What are some of the
points in 3.14.19?
3. 3.14.21 seems ambivalent. Is Prabhupada agreeing that husbands debt to good wife is
enormous or is he saying that this is joking?
4. 3.14.24 - How does Lord Siva benefit ghostly fellows?
5. 3.14.30 – Taking lessons from Diti’s activities, when does a wife become like a public
prostitute?
6. 3.14.24-29 give a lot of instruction about Lord Siva. Describe him a little bit.
7. Was Diti a bad person? Imagine she is a member of your ISKCON temple congregation
and you get to hear about her acting like this with her husband. Should she be banned
from the Temple for some time? Should she be allowed to go on the altar? What are
her good and bad qualities? Are there bettr devotee ladies in your congregation?1`q
8. Sveta-varaha, the White Boar incarnation, appears in the Svayambhuva millennium
(T/F)? 3.14.2
9. Why did Kasyapa yield to impregnate his wife at an improper time? 3.14.16
10. The bad quality of the dogs is that they never show any sympathy to their
______________ 3.14.43
11. There are many instances in the history where most ferocious animal became friendly
to a pure devotee of the Lord. Explain how this is possible? 3.14.47
12. Mention two glorious qualities of Diti’s grandson, Prahlada 3.14.46-50
Chapter 15
1. Why did pregnant Diti not give birth to the children for a long period? 3.5.1
2. Srila Prabhupada says that there are many suns in each universe. T/F 3.5.2
3. What is the difference between material and spiritual goodness? 3.5.15
4. The most important thing about the spiritual world is that there is no ____ among the
devotees there. 3.5.19
61
5. How do you refute the arguments of impersonalists and voidists on the variegatedness
of the spiritual world? 3.5.23
6. Which of the following is a true statement 3.5.29-31
A. A mendicant and sannyasi can go anywhere, therefore Kumaras should have
been allowed entrance into Vaikhunta
B. In perfectional stage one should not have any anger
C. Kumaras were duplicitous
D. Kumaras are older than Lord Siva
E. A and C
F. A and D
7. There are many kinds of offenses, but the greatest offense is to offend a _______ of the
Lord. 3.5.36
8. Why did Lord Vishnu interfere when the Kumaras were forbidden entrance into
Vaikhunta? 3.5.37
9. The beginning of sense control is to control the ______. 3.15.45
10. Kumaras prayers confirm that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the last word in
understanding the Absolute Truth. T/F 3.15.47
MODULE V: JAYA AND VIJAYA. & DEATH OF
HIRANYAKSA
CHAPTER 16: Jaya and Vijaya, Cursed by the Sages
TEXTS = 37
MEMORIZE
Visnu-purana 1.19.65
(Cited partially in SB 3.16.4, and fully in Madhya 13.77)
namo brahmaṇya-devāya
go-brāhmaṇa-hitāya ca
jagad-dhitāya kṛṣṇāya
govindāya namo namaḥ
SYNONYMS
62
namaḥ — all obeisances; brahmaṇya-devāya — to the Lord worshipable by persons in
brahminical culture; go-brāhmaṇa — for cows and brāhmaṇas; hitāya — beneficial; ca —
also; jagat-hitāya — to one who always is benefiting the whole world; kṛṣṇāya — unto Kṛṣṇa;
govindāya — unto Govinda; namaḥ namaḥ — repeated obeisances.
TRANSLATION
"'Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto Lord Kṛṣṇa, who is the worshipable Deity for all
brahminical men, who is the well-wisher of cows and brāhmaṇas, and who is always
benefiting the whole world. I offer my repeated obeisances to the Personality of Godhead,
known as Kṛṣṇa and Govinda.'
SUMMARY
Lord glorifies the Prayers of the Kumaras and then glorifies them and their activities/curse. The
Kumaras are bewildered by being glorified and glorify the Lord and submit to Him. He says that
the cursing is part of His approved plan and everyone leaves.
DETAILS
1. Many points, no? The Lord protects Vaikunthavasis from chance offences to others. Does he
protect them from conscious offenses?
Then, the problem was one set of devotees were prevented by another set from seeing Lord’s
lotus feet. Hmmm. Happens in ISKCON and anger arises, no? Devotees prevent you from
doing a service that you like.
They did not aspire to see Laksmi Devi. Does that mean that they were satisfied in Santa-rasa
and did not aspire for Dasya-rasa, but the Lord showed it to them anyway?
4. What kind of Brahmana is being glorified in this chapter? Two great verses cited: go-
brahmana-hitaya… , and om tad visnoh….
5. These purports are so immediate! These 26-qualities are cited again from CC. We did a
Vedabase.com search but could not find where they are listed. Can you tell us?
‘The devotee's duty is to be always conscious in his dealings with others, especially with
another devotee of the Lord’
63
6. BG 9.30-32. Because the Kumaras are now devotees they are pure. Does a dog eater stop
eating dogs ultimately??? In the stage of purification he will be protected by Krsna if he eats
dogs from habit. A materialistic Brahmana wouldn’t eat dogs from former habit in the stage of
purification but he might neglect a Sudra from pride, but again, Krsna would protect him. So,
the Candala may still manifest some dog eating even when he becomes and Uttama-adikari?
Hmmm?
Meter changes?
7. Lord admits that His greatness is due to His affection for His devotees.
8. Two things that are the only means to elevate oneself in spiritual life: chanting the holy
names and pleasing Vaishnavas.
10. Note the five defenseless creatures
12. Super important purport for origin of the Jiva, no? Cannot be a “fall-down” but there can
be an “accident”. Exactly how Srila Prabhupada is using these terms seems to have rather
specific and technical sense. As we go on reading things will become clear. Basic idea seems
clear. Don’t abuse your free will.
17 – What might be the two BG verses cited here? Can you name all the character qualities in
Sanskrit?
21 - The Lord therefore appreciates the service of the Tulasī more than the service of Lakṣmī.
22 – What do “tri-yuga” and “channa-avatar” mean in terms of the Lord’s incarnations? Very
interesting but other places, SB 1.17.25, seems illicit sex is matched to cleanliness, and
intoxication to austerity!!??
23 – “In Bhagavad-gītā it is stated by the Lord Himself that the acts and character of great
authorities are followed by people in general.” – Sanskrit?
“…if we simply depend on the scriptures, we are sometimes misled by rascals, or else we
cannot understand or follow the different spiritual injunctions.” – So, we should use Srila
Prabhupada’s books to distinguish who is representative of Srila Prabhupada and follow their
examples? This Purport is like a practical way to apply Krsna consciousness in society.
64
25 – “It is said that anyone who has implicit faith in the service of the Lord, or who actually
engages in transcendental loving service, has all the good qualities of the demigods.” Sanskrit? Verse number?
“In general, when dealing with devotees, we should not try to find faults.”
“In Bhagavad-gītā also it is confirmed that the devotee who faithfully serves the Supreme Lord,
even if found to commit a gross mistake, should be considered a sādhu, or saintly person.” –
Sanskrit? Verse number?
26 – Sri Bhagavan Uvaca. “Therefore He sometimes comes to the material world as an
incarnation in order to manifest His fighting spirit.”
“The conclusion is that no one falls
from the spiritual world, or Vaikuṇṭha planet, for it is the eternal abode.” – But this seems
contrary to our ASA idea that we “can” come from Goloka if we misuse our free will. Hmmm.
More thought. At least let’s not misuse our free-will today and think ourselves the master.
29 – So many verses on the “Falldown of the Jiva”. Very nice.
31 – Wow! Chanting “Hare Krsna / Hare Rama” with hate for Radha and Rama - Krsna!!!!!
Yet, there are more details to this, no?
32 -
!!!
“It is clear from this verse that all the incidents took place at the entrance of
Vaikuṇṭhaloka. In other words, the sages were not actually within Vaikuṇṭhaloka, but were at
the gate.” – This is what we have been asking again and again!
“oḿ tad viṣṇoḥ
paramaḿ padam.” – This verse from the Rig Veda is cited repeatedly. Have you noticed that?
We memorized it as part of the Deity worship.
35 – Bong! NDX (VAD, Grhastha, Garbhadana-sanskara). Anybody out there conceive kids?
Was your mind carefully fixed? Did you have a generally friendly consciousness? NDX
(Origin of the Jiva – “Here is clear proof of how a living entity coming originally from
Vaikuṇṭhaloka is encaged in material elements.”)
36-37 - Sankirtana!
Sankirtana!
Don’t worry about your health, wealth or
prestige. Worry about how your specific Sankirtan assignment will move like the breeze, and
you will hang on!!!
65
ESSAY
1. Discuss whether the Jiva can come from Vaikuntha to his present situation or not, and/or
2. Is it possible for Brahmanas in ISKCON or Vaikuntha to commit offenses to other devotees.
66
CHAPTER 17: Victory of Hiranyaksa Over All Directions of
Universe
VERSES = 37
MEMORIZE
(om) tad visnoh paramam padam
sada pasyanti surayah
diviva caksur atatam
tad vipraso vipanyavo
jagrvamsahsamindhate
visnor yat paramam padam
om – invocation; tad-that; visnoh-of Lord Vishnu; paramam-the supreme; padam-abode;
sada-always; pasyanti-they see; surayah-the devotees; diviva-divine; caksuh-the eye; atatamthe sun’s rays; tad-that; viprasah-the brahmanas; vipanyavah-the praiseworthy;
jagravamsah—spiritually awake; samindhate—they reveal; visnoh—of Visnu; yat—whose;
paramam—supreme; padam—abode;
Just as those with ordinary vision see the sun’s rays in the sky, so the wise and learned devotees
always see the supreme abode of Lord Visnu. Because those highly praiseworthy and spiritually
awake brahmanas can see that abode, they can also reveal it to others. [Rg Veda Samhita
1.22.20-21]
Cited in SB 3.16.4 and many other places. It is part of our regular daily Deity worship and of
course is great verse for establishing the authority of Vaisnava personalism from the authority
of the Veda. Following link takes you to the relevant place in the Deity worship where the verse
is included:
http://www.deityworship.com/worship/temple-worship/deity-worship-preparation/
There is a pronunciation there according to this division which we feel is incorrect. So, we look
for better opinon.
(om) tad visnoh paramam padam sada
pasyanti surayah diviva caksur atatam
tad vipraso vipanyavo jagrvamsah
samindhate visnor yat paramam padam
Then on the internet there is another breaking:
67
http://www.sacred-texts.com/hin/rvsan/rv01022.htm
tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayaḥ |
divīva cakṣurātatam ||
tad viprāso vipanyavo jāghṛvāṃsaḥ samindhate |
viṣṇoryat paramaṃ padam ||
OVERVIEW
This chapter is actually very simple. It probably could be combined with the following chapter
or students could take advantage of the light load to memorize or review verses etc.
SB 3.17.1-2 “ Śrī Maitreya said: The demigods, the inhabitants of the higher planets, were freed
from all fear upon hearing the cause of the darkness explained by Brahmā, who was born from
Viṣṇu. Thus they all returned to their respective planets.
The virtuous lady Diti had been very apprehensive of trouble to the gods from the children in
her womb, and her husband predicted the same. She brought forth twin sons after a full one
hundred years of pregnancy.”
3-19 – Events at the birth of Hiranyakasipu and Hiranyaksa, and their personal qualities are
described. These show us that the activities of nature, the earth, are intimately related to the
consciousness of people who inhabit that earth.
20-31 – Subsequent activities of Hiranyaksa
DETAILS
1 – “The conclusive instruction of this incident is that we may be disturbed by some material
condition, but if we approach the authority who can actually explain the matter, then our
problem is solved.”
4, 5 – Natural disturbances in a place indicate that the demoniac population is increasing in
that place
11 – NDX (Asses) “Asses also feel very respectable as a race, and when they run in flocks hither
and thither in so-called jollity, it is understood to be a bad sign for human society.”
T14 – Pious lands, trees and planets
15 – NDX (VAD, Garbhadana ceremony): There must be religiously developed consciousness
at the time of conception or it will be impossible to check the increase in demoniac population.
18 – NDX (Bibliography, Pinda-siddhi, info. about pregnancy)
22 – NDX (Psychology – Strong body produces strong mind).
68
ESSAY
In your previous birth you were Hiranyakasipu or Hiranyaksa. Analyze your character in this
life and see how your former demoniac qualities are troubling you in this life. We remember a
work by Srila Bhaktivinode, and also in his Gopinatha Bhajan, where he talks about his wicked
mind.
CHAPTER 18: The Battle Between Lord Boar and Hiranyaksa
TEXTS = 28
MEMORIZE
CC Antya 16.52
namas te nara-siṁhāya
prahlādāhlāda-dāyine
hiraṇyakaśipor vakṣaḥśilā-ṭaṅka-nakhālaye
Word for word:
namaḥ — I offer my respectful obeisances; te — unto You; nara-siṁhāya — Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva;
prahlāda — to Mahārāja Prahlāda; āhlāda — of pleasure; dāyine — giver; hiraṇyakaśipoḥ — of
Hiraṇyakaśipu; vakṣaḥ — chest; śilā — like stone; ṭaṅka — like the chisel; nakha-ālaye —
whose fingernails.
Translation:
“ ‘I offer my respectful obeisances unto You, Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva. You are the giver of pleasure to
Mahārāja Prahlāda, and Your nails cut the chest of Hiraṇyakaśipu like a chisel cutting stone.
CC Antya 16.53
ito nṛsiṁhaḥ parato nṛsiṁho
yato yato yāmi tato nṛsiṁhaḥ
bahir nṛsiṁho hṛdaye nṛsiṁho
nṛsiṁham ādiṁ śaraṇaṁ prapadye
69
Word for word:
itaḥ — here; nṛsiṁhaḥ — Lord Nṛsiṁha; parataḥ — on the opposite side; nṛsiṁhaḥ — Lord
Nṛsiṁha; yataḥ yataḥ — wherever; yāmi — I go; tataḥ — there; nṛsiṁhaḥ — Lord Nṛsiṁha;
bahiḥ — outside; nṛsiṁhaḥ — Lord Nṛsiṁha; hṛdaye — in my heart; nṛsiṁhaḥ — Lord
Nṛsiṁha; nṛsiṁham — Lord Nṛsiṁha; ādim — the original Supreme Personality; śaraṇam
prapadye — I take shelter of.
Translation:
“ ‘Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva is here, and He is also there on the opposite side. Wherever I go, there I see
Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva. He is outside and within my heart. Therefore I take shelter of Lord
Nṛsiṁhadeva, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead.’ ”
Of course, we already know these, but like all the regular morning and evening and other
regular prayers for Bhakti-vaibhava/ASA we should know them word for word. Look up their
source in the CC also. It’s interesting. We also read about the Nrsmha-purana on-line. NOI
says that we have to be careful from whom we hear though.
SUMMARY
1-19 - The meeting, exchange of insults and fighting between Hiranyaksa and Sri Varaha.
20-28 – Brahma and demigods arrive and offer comments and petitions.
DETAILS
2 – What is the Caitanya-sampradaya? We don’t know.
3 – Notice the word to word and translation for sura-adhama.
6 - “The Lord is satisfied if someone offers Him a nice prayer, and similarly, if someone decries
His existence or calls Him by ill names, God is dissatisfied.” This is really shocking. God has His
inclinations, likes and dislikes. He actually cares about what we say!
8 – “His toleration was displayed mainly to drive away the fears of the demigods, who should
know that the Lord is always present to protect them.”
9- Demons think wealth and strength can save them!
10 – Which BG verse is this? Did you pause to chant it?
13 – NDX (Rama lila – Ravana prays to Siva)
15 – “As the Lord exists by His own independent prowess, by the grace of the Lord the devotees
also exist for His service.”
20 – NDX (Free Will-Brahma x Visnu).
70
yajñāvayava. In the previous chapters and in future too Lord Varaha’s body is described in
relation to yajna several times.
22-23 – Seems that Srila Prabhupada cites this story of Vrkasura many times.
ESSAY
A friend at work says, “I don’t believe there is a God who actually enters into the affairs of men
with miraculous powers.” On this theme please tell us about some of your personal experiences
and those of which you have heard from convincing sources about how Krsna really enters
into our lives like Lord Varaha into Lord Brahma’s life.
CHAPTER 19: The Killing of the Hiranyaksa Demon
Text = 38
Memorize
Śrī Brahma-saḿhitā 5.39
rāmādi-mūrtiṣu kalā-niyamena tiṣṭhan
nānāvatāram akarod bhuvaneṣu kintu
kṛṣṇaḥ svayaḿ samabhavat paramaḥ pumān yo
govindam ādi-puruṣaḿ tam ahaḿ bhajāmi
SYNONYMS
rāma-ādi — the incarnation of Lord Rāma, etc.; mūrtiṣu — in different forms; kalā-niyamena
— by the order of plenary portions; tiṣṭhan — existing; nānā — various; avatāram —
incarnations; akarot — executed; bhuvaneṣu — within the worlds; kintu — but; kṛṣṇaḥ —
Lord Kṛṣṇa; svayam — personally; samabhavat — appeared; paramaḥ — the supreme; pumān
— person; yaḥ — who; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam —
Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
TRANSLATION
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who manifested Himself personally as Kṛṣṇa and the
different avatāras in the world in the forms of Rāma, Nṛsiḿha, Vāmana, etc., as His subjective
portions.
Cited in SB 3.19.24
71
SUMMARY
This chapter just continues Varah-lila.
1-26 described the fight between and killing of Hiranyaksa by Lord Varaha.
27-31 describe the comments of Lord Brahma and departure of Lord Varaha for His own
abode.
32-38 describe the glories of the Lord and His Katha.
DETAILS
14 – ‘Rules and regulations of gentleness’, even in the battle!
15 - The Lord is distinguised by the mark of __________?
22 - Where in the Gita are these sacrifices mentioned?
What are the Gita verses mentioned?
24 - NDX (Deity Worship - The Lord in the Box), What is this BS verse (ramadi...)?
25 – Note the meaning of adhokṣaja
28 - Gita verse cited? Sanskrita?
38 - ‘If one continues to hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which is full of narratives of the pastimes
of the Lord, at the end of this life, one is sure to be transferred to the eternal, transcendental
abode of the Lord.’
ESSAY
Write a summary of the pastimes of Lord Varaha including an explanation of why they occur
in this part of the SB.
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE FIVE
Overview
Look at all the Chapter titles of this Third Canto, the one’s we have studied so far. Can you
explain why each Chapter follows the previous? For example, why does Chapter 13, and its
content, appear after Chapter 12?
SB 3.12: Creation of the Kumāras and Others
SB 3.13: The Appearance of Lord Varāha.
Let’s look at these “Tpp-Canto-3, Chapter Study Guides” for this Module. Useful? Can you use
them to teach something to others? Spread the Light of the Bhagavata?
Guru ABC and Guru DEF and Sannyasi XYZ and prosperous Vaisya LMN (who employed 25-
devotees) have all fallen into cigarettes and little whiskey within the last three years! Devotees
72
are wondering, “Why is this happening to our community? Why is this darkness enveloping
us?”
They go and ask the fixed up GBC Chairman and he explains that it is because of the fall-down
of one prominent, Brahmana Pujari and his wife.
What were some of the inauspicious atmospheric and such symptoms that indicate the birth of
inauspicious kids?
What were some of the characteristics of H’kasipu and H’aksa???
Describe on whose advice Hiranyaksas met Lord Varaha,?
Describe Hiranyaksa and Lord Varaha’s verbal interaction and the subsequent fight.
Did Lord Varaha run away when he first met Hiranyaksa?
What happened with Lord Brahma, everyone, at the end of the pastime?
Lord Varaha has ___ colored eyes. 3.18.2
Lord Varaha was pained by the shaftlike abusive words of the demon Hiranyaksa or was he
unaffected like an elefant struck by a flower garland? 3.18.6
Which of the following is true about Lord Varaha 3.18.16, 3.18.19
a) He can never be angry
b) He had injuries on His body due to the fight with Hiranyaksa
c) He was angry with the demon when He fought him
d) Both b and c
Lord Brahma Prayed to Lord Varaha to kill the demon immediately. How did the Lord react?
3.19.1
a) Being interrupted by Brahma, He was irritated and angry
b) He laughed and glanced at Brahma with love.
c) He felt offended.
d) None of the above.
Lord Varaha Killed Hiranyaksa by ________3.19.25
a) Hitting him with His club
b) Cutting his head off with Sudarsana disc
c) Slapping him
d) None of the above
Details
Chapter 16
2 – Four Kumaras were angry because they were restrained from seeing lotus feet of Lord
73
Visnu by Jaya and Vijaya at the doorway of Vaikuntha, but the Lord always arranges for His
devotees to see His lotus feet even if there is an impediment. A very famous example of this took
place in Jagannatha Puri. Who was the devotee who was unable to see Lord Jagannatha’s lotus
feet but was favored by the personal darsan of the Lord in another form?
What was that form of the Lord?
4 – “To Me, the brāhmaṇa is the highest and most beloved personality,” but Srila Prabhupada
clarifies the meaning of the word Brahmana. What kind of Brahmana is mentioned here by the
Lord?
10 – “Those who are helpless must be taken care of by their respective guardians, otherwise the
guardians will be subjected to the punishment of Yamarāja”. Five kinds of helpless beings are
mentioned. Name as many as you can.
16 - A devotee born in the family of a caṇḍāla (dog eaters) is sometimes found engaged in his
habitual activities.
a) If he has taken to the Kṛṣṇa consciousness process of purification with all
seriousness, he is to be understood as already purified, and Kṛṣṇa is ready to give
him protection by all means.
b) He is on the right path and should be respected, but because he is still
influenced by his past Karma he is only forgiven for his sinful acts in proportion
to his degree of advancement.
21 – Who’s service does Krsna appreciate more, Tulasi or Laksmidevi?
22 – The Lord’s Avatar is manifested in the first three ages, but in the Kali-yuga He is called
“channa-avatar”? What does this mean? Who is that Channa-avatara?
23 – “One should worship the brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas by offering them all kinds of
endowments and sweet words…”, but why won’t they become lusty and fat and sick from all
this free opulence?
26 – To satisfy what desire of the Lord were Jaya and Vijaya cursed to descend to the material
world as demons?
28 - Especially in Vaiṣṇava temples there is an arrangement for people to offer their respects to
the Deity and circumambulate the temple at least ______ times.
31 – T/F - Mr. XYZ hates God. He is always blasphemous toward the Name of God. Unlimited
pains in hell await him and we should encourage him at this stage not to think of God, rather
to engage in good humanitarian works?
32 – T/F - The Kumara’s cursing Jaya and Vijaya took place in Vaikuntha?
35 – “If the mind of the father is not sober, the semen discharged will not be very good. Thus
the living entity, wrapped in the matter produced from the father and mother, will be
74
demoniac like Hiraṇyākṣa and Hiraṇyakaśipu.” What is the ceremony for purifying the mind
for conception called? How do we do this in ISKCON?
Chapter 17
1 – What was the reaction of the demigods when they saw the universe becoming dark from
the pregnancy of Diti? How can we solve all the problems of the material world by following
their example?
4 – “When there are natural disturbances like blowing cyclones, too much heat or snowfall,
and uprooting of trees by hurricanes, it is to be understood that the ______________ is
increasing and so the natural disturbance is also taking place.”
11 – Who feel very respectable as a race when they run in flocks hither and thither in socalled jollity, which is understood to be a bad sign for human society?
17 – “In the demoniac way of civilization, people are interested in getting a body constructed in
such a way that when they walk on the street the earth will ______ and when they stand it will
appear that they cover _____ and the vision of the four directions. If a race appears strong in
body, their country is materially considered to be among the highly advanced nations of the
world.”
30 - Who advised Hiranyaksa to fight with Lord Visnu?
Chapter 18
How does the Lord react to our prayers or our blasphemy? 3.18.6
As the Lord exists by His own independent prowess, by the grace of the Lord the devotees also
exist for His _______ 3.18.15
Compare and contrast the worship of demigods by the demons with the worship of the
Supreme Personality of Godhead by the devotees. 3.18.23-24
Chapter 19
How could Indra cut off a wing of Garuda? 3.19.14
What is Śrīvatsa? 3.19.15
What does adhoksaja mean? 3.19.26
Why did personalities like Brahmā and the other demigods eulogize, consider glorious, the
death of the demon Hiranyaksa? 3.19.27
T/F - Maitrey muni adjusted the story of Lord Varaha, like one would write a story like Harry
Potter, so that the moral of the story can be understood and useful. 3.19.32
75
Give some reasons on why one should feel grateful to the Lord. 3.19.36
If one continues to hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which is full of narratives of the pastimes of the
Lord, at the end of this life, one is sure to be transferred to the eternal, transcendental abode of
the Lord. T/F? 3.19.38
MODULE VI: THE MARRIAGE AND RENUNCIATION OF
KARDAMA MUNI
CHAPTER 20: Conversation Between Maitreya and Vidura
BhVai 3.20
Texts = 53
Memorize
SB 6.8.23
cakraḿ yugāntānala-tigma-nemi
bhramat samantād bhagavat-prayuktam
dandagdhi dandagdhy ari-sainyam āśu
kakṣaḿ yathā vāta-sakho hutāśaḥ
Word for word:
cakram — the disc of the Lord; yuga-anta — at the end of the millennium; anala — like the fire
of devastation; tigma-nemi — with a sharp rim; bhramat — wandering; samantāt — on all sides;
bhagavat-prayuktam — being engaged by the Lord; dandagdhi dandagdhi — please burn
completely, please burn completely; ari-sainyam — the army of our enemies; āśu —
immediately; kakṣam — dry grass; yathā — like; vāta-sakhaḥ — the friend of the wind; hutāśaḥ
— blazing fire.
Translation:
Set into motion by the Supreme Personality of Godhead and wandering in all the four
directions, the disc of the Supreme Lord has sharp edges as destructive as the fire of devastation
at the end of the millennium. As a blazing fire burns dry grass to ashes with the assistance of
the breeze, may that Sudarsana cakra burn our enemies to ashes.
Summary
76
This chapter is marvellous. It starts a new Module which will begin to describe the activities of
Svayambhuva Manu and his children. We on the Curriculum Development Team are returning
from a Semester break and this chapter starts with a question by the Sages for Maitreya's
narrative of creation to please continue where it left off, with the creation of Manu, and then
what where his subsequent activities.
However, it regresses and reviews the entire Canto: Why did Vidura leave home? What did he
discuss with Maitreya muni - Sarga, Visarga? In the next chapter Manu's activities will start.
We see a thread of material sex desire also passing through all of this this Visarga, confusing
everyone, demon and gods.
Details
2 – NDX (Apraradha –One should not stay where Krsna is not respected).
4 – Should we visit holy places? What kind? ISKCON Vrndavana?
8 What two BG verses will satisfy S.Ps. citations?
NDX (Origin of the Jiva - "durvitarkyena. No one can argue about when and how the
conditioned soul became desirous of sense enjoyment, but the cause is there")
13 - NDX - Cosmology - 5/5/5/5/5 - Elements, Sense objects, Senses, Deities... !!!
15 - Cosmology - Did we hear this description before? Where? Maitreya is recapitulating,
evaluating and reviewing?
18 - Again, first the kinds of nescience. NDX - Cosmology - Five kinds of ignorance. Excellent
Summary. Collect all the five kinds of ignorance verses into one pamphlet. SB 3.12.2 was most
recent discussion.
21 - "The ones who said that he should be eaten were called Yaksas, and the ones who said that
he should not be protected became Raksasas, man-eaters."
25 - "Ye yatha mam pradyante ...", and your form???
26 - NDX VAD - Homosexuality. This verse, purport, is so important to explain our position in
terms of the worlds current homosexual situation. To continue from our academic training in
psychology let us comment that we've seen studies in over population with rats. As the
population density gets too high cannibalism, autism and homosexuality manifest. Why not?
Homosexuality will reduce the population. Famous psychologist R. D. Laing is attributed with
the comment that insanity is usually a sane reaction to an insane situation. So, there is too
much population from this insane concentration is mega-cities like New York, London, Tokyo.
This causes a bio-logical reaction of homo-sexuality in some humans to reduce the population.
So to quote one of our homosexual Godbrothers, "Queers are crazy, but that's because they have
a realistic view of life".
77
28 – Does Brahma comit suicide when he casts off his body?
29 - The "Happy Hour", alcohol half price!
31 - Radha-Krsna not flesh and blud!
35 - Who is speaking in SB 5.5.1? Do we have citations from this is Nectar of Instruction?
36 - "As moths at night surround a fire and are killed, so the demons become victims of the
movements of the ball-like breasts of a beautiful woman. The scattered hair of a beautiful
woman also afflicts the heart of a lusty demon." I guess that women have some kind of similar
agitation when they see material forms. Having been born into this lusty American culture
these verses are so useful for us in negotiating wth our "dear friend", Brother Mind.
38 - Our Yoga seems to be, "Gandharva-veda".
41 - NDX Psychology - Ghosts
43 - NDX Sraddha, Inter-faith Dialog (Defintion and position of Sraddha). 7.10.18 is the
citation made by Srila Prabhupada of Lord Nrsmhadeva. Good to keep this all in memory for
authoritative preaching to followers of the Vedas!
46 - NDX (Sadhana, B'muhurta - Defined and Glorified). What do the Kimpurusas and
Kinnaras do at day break with their wives? Such a super text for Sadhana.
53 - What is the relationship between text 51-53?
Essay
A homosexual comes to the Sunday Feast. How do you explain homosexuality in general society
and in ISKCON to him? After discussing send this off to the news paper.
CHAPTER 21: Conversation between Manu and Kardama
Verses = 56
Memorize
Srimad Bhagavatam 6.8.24
gade 'śani-sparśana-visphulińge
niṣpiṇḍhi niṣpiṇḍhy ajita-priyāsi
kuṣmāṇḍa-vaināyaka-yakṣa-rakṣobhūta-grahāḿś cūrṇaya cūrṇayārīn
SYNONYMS
78
gade — O club in the hands of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; aśani — like thunderbolts;
sparśana — whose touch; visphuliśge — giving off sparks of fire; niṣpiṇḍhi niṣpiṇḍhi —
pound to pieces, pound to pieces; ajita-priyś — very dear to the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; asi — you are; kuṣmāṇḍa — imps named Kuṣmāṇḍas; vainśyaka — ghosts named
Vaināyakas; yakṣa — ghosts named Yakṣas; rakṣaḥ — ghosts named Rākṣasas; bhśta — ghosts
named Bhśtas; grahśn — and evil demons named Grahas; cūrṇaya — pulverize; cūrṇaya —
pulverize; arī n — my enemies.
TRANSLATION
O club in the hand of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, you produce sparks of fire as
powerful as thunderbolts, and you are extremely dear to the Lord. I am also His servant.
Therefore kindly help me pound to pieces the evil living beings known as Kuṣmāṇḍas,
Vaināyakas, Yakṣas, Rākṣasas, Bhūtas and Grahas. Please pulverize them.
Summary
Compare SB 3.20.1 and 3.21.1. Seems like this Chapter just goes back to the question n SB 3.20
after Brahma doing a recapitulation. Makes for a natural Semester break. The answer to this
question organizes the structure of the SB from here to the end of Canto Seven.
1-5
Vidura asks about, and gives brief summary of the descendents of Svayambhuva Manu.
6-12 Being ordered by Brahma, Kardama Muni worshipped Lord Visnu, Who’s features are
described at the moment of His appearance before Sage Kardama.
12-21 Seeing Lord Visnu, Kardama offered prayers to Him. Do you find the Sanskrit of these
prayers nice? Lord’s lotus feet are mentioned also? Glorification of Cakra and Sankhya of this
material world are mentioned. Kardama expresses his desires and why he thinks Lord will
satisfy them.
22-32 Lord Visnu replied explaining that He had already arranged to satisfy Kardama’s
desires and then proceeds to predict how this will happen.
33-49 Kardama waited for the arrival of Manu as predicted by Lord Visnu and his hermitage
is described.
50-56 Kardama addressed Svayambhuva Manu, glorifying his actions as the administrative
head and asked him why he had come to his, Kardama’s Ashram.
This chapter is full of demonstration that real yoga, as amply demonstrated by Kardama Muni,
is Bhakti-yoga.
There are so many nice points in this chapter. Even in 100 years one cannot fully appreciate all
of Srila Prabhupada’s books. Know a little bit about everything and a lot about one thing. We
79
will show you some of the notes we are collecting. You should also collect things that are
important to your position and service!
Very good discussion of how Karma-yoga to progressively satisfy sex desire is a desirable step
to pure Bhakti-yogi.
Profound details on Grhastha and Stri-dharma. Really impossible to note all the details. This
Chapter should be studies thoroughly in Seminars of Grhastha life. However, our thesis is that
we don’t have to make too much separate study however because the Acharya will give us a
guided, detailed study of these points as we go through the subsequent cantos. Vedic education
is spiral.
Details
1. An ISKCON Temple President who has children who become President all become glorious
when they ____________________?
2. We may benefit by studying the history of ________________? They are presented in
chronological order in Srimad Bhagavatam (t/f). The seven Islands of Earth’s divisions are
____?
4. Do you know the Sanskrit for the 8-limbs of Astanga, mystic yoga?
Kardama was _____-
yogi, Devahuti was yoga- _______. First perfect yoga (as a b’cari, b’carini) then get married to
produce wonderful children.
6. NDX (IFD – Hatha Yoga); Do you know the whole Adi 17.21 cited? So the yama, niyama
etc are just the tip of the iceberg? Meditation is the major portion of Astanga yoga?
7. NDX (IFD – Hatha Yoga); Which BG Chapter Six verse is cited? Recite the Sanskrit! (Read it
in the evening?); “Remembering is meditation also.” [ttd] SB 1.1.10 is paraphrased. (Look it up?
Memorize it one week?)
9. Take the time to clearly form a picture in your mind of the Lord as He is described in these
next verses!
12 NDX (IFD – Hatha Yoga, Bibliography (Patanjali Yoga Sutras). This purport can be printed
as a hand-out for sincere modern Yoga students. We will visit Swami Sat-cit-ananda’s
Yogaville Ashrama this weekend and now we are fortified on what to say in a way they can
appreciate it. They need a small book. They are not readers. They need a simple process, like
Asanas. That is Kirtan, Japa.
14. Can this prayer, verse, be offered to Srila Prabhupada also. So many verses paraphrased in
the purport. Do you see SB 5.5.1? We memorized 5.5.4 and 5.5.5 from NOI. Who is speaking
5.5.1? We should follow the verses cited in NOI to their original dialog in the SB and CC and in
80
this way we will develop robust universe of Vedic knowledge. Again this continuous contrast of
real yoga with false yoga.
15. !!! NDX (VAD, Grhastha-ashrama, select wife. Happy marriage. Modern situation.
ASTROLOGY). Notice “akama sarva kama…”. Can chant Sanskrita? Verse number?
16. Which verse from the Katha Upanisad? Sanksrit? Verse number? Isopanisad, Skt, Verse
#??? “The best program for every living entity is to take direction from the Supreme Lord and
enjoy material or spiritual life.” – Shocking, but true, no? This text is nice adjunct to NOI 10,
no? NDX (NOI 10, KARMIS). Very practical for preaching.
17. NDX (Gurv-astakam – Text One). We only have one week to contemplate, relish all this
nectar from Prabhupada’s purports to each chapter. First Karma-kanda, then renunciation and
Bhakti-marg. Just engage in hearing SB and all other formalities become minimal: “Oh, how
will I make money?! How will I keep my prestige?”
18. Kala-cakra – Astronomy, thirteen months. We add purusottama month, but every three
years?
19. These prayers ILLUMINATE the qualities of Visnu!
…!
21. Vacasamrta..! …
27. NDX (VAD, Stri-dharma, Selection of Husband)
31. NDX (VAD, Sannyasa &/x Grhastha Dharma. Super Purport!) Compassion means to make
the serious investigation as to whether or not there is Krsna and then report that to others.
32. How many important points does Prabhupada discuss in this purport! (Kala x Svamsa) x
(Baladeva Sankarsana).
33. Can our eyes see the real form of the Deity on the altar?
34. Sama veda has how many divisions?
38-39. Now travels Manu. What is Bindu sarovar made of?
40. NDX (Maha-mantra – Birds chant!)
44. Other name for Gavaya? NDX (ECOLOGY, UTOPIA – Described Bindu-sarovar).
47. NDX (MAHA-MANTRA, Japa sadhana, results.)
50. NDX (VAD, Ksatriya – The Killing Art).
51. Sannyasi should offer obeisances to Temple President?
55. VAD (GENERAL PRINCIPLES). We have seen Bhogi Yogis disclosed in this chapter and lots
of VAD.
56. VAD (Brahman x Ksatriya Dharma)
Thus ends the Bhaktivedanta splashing river of Knowledge in his purports to Chapter 21!
81
ESSAY
You are asked to lecture to a big society of yoga with Ashramas in Hrsikesa and so forth for
their enlightenment compare SB 3.21.12 with BG 6.20-23, Text and Purport, use the example
of Kardama Muni’s yoga to explain what is real yoga, and/or write about how to make a good
marriage selection.
CHAPTER 22: The Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahuti
Verses = 39
(rev. 120910)
MEMORIZE
Srimad Bhagavatam 1.1.10
prāyeṇālpāyuṣaḥ sabhya
kalāv asmin yuge janāḥ
mandāḥ sumanda-matayo
manda-bhāgyā hy upadrutāḥ
SYNONYMS
prāyeṇa — almost always; alpa — meager; āyuṣaḥ — duration of life; sabhya — member of a
learned society; kalau — in this age of Kali (quarrel); asmin — herein; yuge — age; janāḥ —
the public; mandāḥ — lazy; sumanda-matayaḥ — misguided; manda-bhāgyāḥ — unlucky; hi
— and above all; upadrutāḥ — disturbed.
TRANSLATION
O learned one, in this iron age of Kali men have but short lives. They are quarrelsome, lazy,
misguided, unlucky and, above all, always disturbed.
SUMMARY
You summarize this chapter. Break it into maybe four parts. Mention how it fits into previous
and future chapters. Add your notes on any themes that Srila Prabhupada develops as he writes
his purports.
In particular we found that there are so many important things mentioned on Grhasthaashrama-dharama that we are making an Index note for the entire chapter rather than
82
indexing each topic. It is a manual that all devotees should read together before getting
married and review delightfully together as their years in the Ashrama pass.
SB 3.22 - NDX (VAD, Grhastha, Kardama and Devahuti)
Looking at the Mayapur Institute’s Questions after finishing our CSGs I see that we answer
every single one of them except one. It’s amazing how devotees notice the same things when
they read Srila Prabhupada’s purports.
DETAILS
2- BG Citation: Verse Number, Sanskrit, English, Review it in the evening?; Are you a
Brahmana? With what should you be filled? Are you? What do you need to improve? (Hint:
yoga yukta alampatam)
3- Namo brahmanya… ; heart x body… !
4 – When the four Varnas co-operate the Lord protects them.
5-8 – Many points on Guru-tattva
5- NOI 2-5 & 10 focus on this; Again Srila Prabhupada talks about his meeting with Bh.
Siddhanta Prabhupada. Have you had a moment like that in your spiritual life?
6 - “He has to take shelter of a bona fide spiritual master and work under his direction
faithfully and sincerely; then he becomes perfect, without a doubt.”
7 – Stop the circus! This purport is so great that it should be printed for separate distribution.
Prabhupada took Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti’s comments on the vyasa-atmika buddhi verse as
a personal instruction. For various reasons when we read this we took the “write articles and
poetry” as a personal and repeated instruction. Also, “he does not instruct in secret, publicly”.
Different people are fit for different service in the Sankirtan movement. Before sometimes the
attitude was that unless you were a book distributor you were a demon and had no love for
your spiritual master. Well, it may be true, but maybe true also that even a dog can take part in
this movement.
8 - Booom! Are you a perfect disciple of Srila Prabhupada? Are you qualified to ask him for a
benediction? Lord Brahma asked Garbhokasayi visnu for a benediction.
9 – Father has the duty to look for a husband for his good daughter if she asks. In general we
feel that Srila Prabhupada expects ISKCON to make up a practical VAD system that can be
applied in the West and for those in India etc. who are following the West.
11 – NDX (Stri-dharma, wife’s dutys). Such valuable information for serious grhasthas. In what
three things should the wife be equal to her husband and then what more fourth thing is
needed?
NDX (Grhastha-dharma, SB 3.22)
83
15 – NDX (VAD, Stri dharma – Girl gives her heart just once; Grhastha dharma – The different
kinds of marriage. We thought that Gandharva was “love” marriage.
19 – Of course, Srila Bhaktisiddhanta is described as a Ray of Visnu and in the end of the
purport Srila Prabhupada makes it more explicit.
20 - BG “yada yada…”; “devarsi bhutapta..”, Do you remember it from last Semester? Go
through it a few times in our mind and we can put it all together, no?;
21 – NDX (Smile of devotee makes many admirers, disciples and followers). These three
categories are interesting. Can we assign a more specific meaning to what Prabhupada means
by admirers and followers?
23 – NDX (VAD, Grhastha, Dowry compulsory)
24 – NDX (VAD, Grhastha, Parents duty to children paid when they are married)
26 – NDX (Vastu – Sages constructed hermitages). HOW TO ENJOY LIFE, AFTER DAUGHTER
GOES. ELECTRA…
29 – 31 -- Kusa grass and Kasha grass are mentioned. Look on the Internet for them. Pictures
are there. What is the source of these plants?
31 – NDX (Man comes from Manu)
32 – “almost Vaikuntha”
33 – NDX (VAD, Grhastha, Puja, Bhajan, Kirtana for King of Jaipur).
34 – Krsna consciousness and sense gratification are compatible? Is it recommended for you?
31 - A devotee invited his family members to visit Mayapura and paid for Prasadam and
accommodations. This is an example of using our wealth in sacrifice for Lord Visnu.
ESSAY
Your son/daughter are asking to get married. What do you consider? What do you tell them?
Give citations from this chapter.
CHAPTER 23: Devahuti's Lamentation
Verses = 57
MEMORIZE
Prabhodhananda Sarasvati’s verse cited in Text 7.
.
kaivalyaṁ narakāyate tridaśa-pūr ākāśa-puṣpāyate
durdāntendriya-kāla-sarpa-paṭalī protkhāta-daṁṣṭrāyate
84
viśvaṁ pūrṇa-sukhāyate vidhi-mahendrādiś ca kīṭāyate
yat-kāruṇya-kaṭākṣa-vaibhava-vatāṁ taṁ gauram eva stumaḥ
Caitanya-candrāmṛta (5) by Prabodhānanda Sarasvatī:
kaivalyam – the pleasure of merging into the existence of Brahman; narakayate – is considered
hellish; tri-dasa-pur – the heavenly planets; akasa puspayate – something imaginary, like a
flower in the sky; drdanta—formidable; indriya—the senses; kala-sarpa—venomous snake;
patali—multitude; protkhata—extracted; damstrayate—teeth; visvam—the material world;
purna—completely;sukhayate—happy; vidhi-Lord Brahma; Mahendra—Indra, the king of
heaven; adih—the demigods; ca—and; kitayate—beome like an insect; yat—of whom;
karunya—mercy;kataksa—glance;vaibhavatam-of the most confidential devotee;tam—
unto;gauram—Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;eva-certainly;stumah—glorify
For a devotee, the pleasure of merging into the existence of Brahman is considered hellish.
Similarly, he considers promotion to the heavenly planets just another kind of phantasmorgia.
The yogis meditate for sense control, but for the devotee the senses appear like serpents with
broken teeth. The whole material world appears joyful for a devotee who has received but a
small glance of the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Unto this most magnanimous person, I
offer my respectful obeisances.
SUMMARY
The super excellent example of the stages in self-realization of a good Grhastha couple in VAD
continues with the actual life of enjoyment, austerity, and then renunciation. This is especially
demonstrated for women. This chapter is a great gift from the Parampara for women.
In sequence we see her service, he acknowledges, then she asks for material enjoyment, he
satisfies her, he renounces and she laments and he gives her transcendental gift.
ttd - It is not titled Their Enjoyment but Renunciation. We notice many times that the Chapter
Title is what happens at the end of the Chapter.
Very useful comparisons of service of wife to husband and disciple (Sannyasa disciple) to Guru.
Good point that an ordinary husband cannot expect such a wife as Devahuti and vice-a-versa,
but they serve as the perfect example, contrast, to our lives.
85
These chapters seem to be the most practical for us so far in the SB.
These chapters are dying to be made into a radio show.
TTD – Prabhupada tried to make all the Temple Presidents follow the example of Kardama and
Devahuti, but was too advanced. Where is this described in Danavir Maharaja’s books?
This Module is super preparation for Kapila’s Instructions. Devahuti will be in a position to
appreciate them and so will we.
DETAILS
2. Should be both intimacy and respect in the relation between husband and wife, and in the
Deity worship. Don’t lose the respect.
3. NDX (VAD – Grhastha – Four Enemies in family life, beginning with wife who remarries).
4-5. The wife must see the tendencies of the husband and follow him. Very intense surrender
required for wife. Prabhupada expected same from his Sannyasa disciples toward him, but not
his Grhsthas.
7. NDX (Stri-dharma; She shared her husband’s advancement); BG citation; This verse by
Prabodhananda Sarasvati is cited by Srila Prabhupada often. Where is the Sanskrit and English?
Who is he?; Narada Muni’s life is used, we can use, of how we can advance by sincere menial
service to great souls; Srila Prabhupada repeatedly cites the Gurvastaka. We should chant it
with contemplation each morning during Mangal-arati. Can we “achieve all success” by
serving a Madhyama-adhikari spiritual master with heart and soul?
8. What is the meter to this verse? Can you chant it? Is this the gift you are offering to your
family?
11. Are men and women this different? Is it natural that a woman is obsessed with getting a
child from her husband? NDX (Bibliography – Kama-sastras describe house etc.)
12. Following the descriptions in this and the subsequent verses make a mental picture of this
mansion. Go through it on a tour with someone you love. Notice the meter changes.
Prabhupada gives a partial list of the 8-yogic perfections many times. Where are they listed in
full with Sanskrit names?
19. Science: “At night the jewels and rare stones would give off reflective light without need of
lamps.” Does this mean that they concentrated star light or they generate light, or something
else?
31. NDX (Stri-dharma – Ladies bath, mala-snana & shira sthana).
32. NDX (Bathing – Different substances to apply eg. turmeric, saffron).
37. NDX (Vairagya – Women’s breasts just bloody fat).
86
39. NDX (Cosmology, Dig-pals – 8 Directors of the directions listed. In LOB 47 also. Nrrti
means no, “rta”, or truth. Northeast missing? Wikipedia says that Nrrti is a female deity. Some
information there.) NDX (Vastu – this and previous verses are good for Vastu lectures.)
42. Here we come to the real point of all theses wonderful accomplishments of Kardama Muni.
Nice to chant the Sanskrit for this verse. Translation: Where is Ganges in wfw.
43. NDX (Cosmology – Definition of “dvipa”, “varsa”, planets accepted as round and floating in
space.)
44. NDX (Stri-dharma – Sexual appetite of a woman is nine times greater than that of a man).
48. Devahuti gave birth the same day she became pregnant. Very important to show that all
these things are taking place on a superior level so we can’t expect the laws of our level to
work.
49. NDX (Stri-dharma – “When a woman scratches the ground with her foot, it is a sign that
her mind is very disturbed”.)
51. Are you a father, mother, President, Sannyasi, ISKCON guru? Can you give fearlessness?
How? Riktviks challenge ISKCON Gurus on this point.
52. NDX (VAD – Sannyasa. Should be grown up sons. Wife is put in their charge. They
especially give spiritual instruction to their mother. Different than what a mother expects from
her sons now, no? Why are the husband and spiritual master indebted to the disciple or wife?
How do they pay this debt?
54. NDX (Stri-dharma – “As a woman she had to love someone”. “Generally all women are
called less intelligent because they are mostly prone to material enjoyment.” We guess this is
manifest in attraction to many nice dresses.
56. Like Text 42 we see this as the summary of all of Mataji’s lamentation. She is such a perfect
example of a good person. Apparently she has advanced philosophical development, she is,
“Yoga laskana”, no? Yet that has not come to the level of becoming a pure devotee, a
Madhyama-adhikari pure devotee, understanding God enough to make devotional service to
Him her principle path. Yet, the natural arrangement of VAD leads her to lament her bad
position and then seek Mukti. Compare to “dharmasya hi apavargasya”.
ESSAY
Write a page of advice to new Grhasthas from your experiences in terms of this Chapter.
CHAPTER 24: The Renunciation of Kardama Muni
tpp 3.24
87
Texts = 47
Memorize
yasya deve parā bhaktir
yathā deve tathā gurau
tasyaite kathita hy arthaḥ
prakasante mahatmanaḥ
"Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the spiritual
master are all the imports of Vedic knowledge automatically revealed." Svetasvatara
Upanisad 6.23
Cited in BG 6.47 (P)
Summary
This Chapter finishes this Module and we see broad general divisions in this canto with these
Module groupings. This Third Canto starts with the circumstances of the meeting of Vidura
and Sage Maitreya. Then there is description of the creation and structure of the universe. This
goes to the specific details of the residence of Svayambhuva Manu and Satarupa and the history
of that endeavor. Then there are these chapters which give such deep, deep education in
Varna-ashrama-dharma. These need so much more work to be translated into material for
educating people about marriage and in this chapter Sannyasa. Then with the instructions of
Kapila-deva we will see again physical analysis of the cosmos but then in terms of our
individual body as a means of Sankhya yoga. The Varna-ashrama-dharma is also cosmology.
This chapter specifically can be easily analyzed into sections. What sections do you see? So far
we have seen duty of father, wife, husband, and now we will see how to take and execute
Sannyasa and details of types of Sannyasa.
Details
3 - tapo-draviṇa-dānaiś, “Without austerity and penance and without sacrificing one's riches,
one cannot achieve the mercy of the Supreme Lord.”
4 – What two topics? Do you see in the Purport where a paragraph break should occur to note
the change in topic?
Note that Lord Rsabhadeva is being cited again. What verses did we learn from him in NOI?
Verses numbers?
Krsna accepting parents is a repeated topic of contemplation mentioned in Prabhupada’s books.
88
What is the knot on the rope? What verse did we learn in SB 1.2 that talks about cutting the
knot in the heart?
5 – This is wonderful Purport for deeper contemplation of Guru-tattva. Again Prabhupada is
mentioning his meditation on the comments of Visvanatha Cakravarti on Guru and
Gurvastakam. Have you noticed that he does that so much. It was from Visvanatha
Cakravarti’s commentary on BG verse 2.41, “vaysayatmika buddhi”, that Srila Prabhupada took
the advice about faith in Guru to heart. Have you taken any instructions by Guru as
fundamental to your whole life’s mission, your logic?
6 – madhusūdanaḥ – This is such a common name of Krsna, but the pastime doesn’t seem to
occur in any detail in the SB ?! Where is it mentioned? What Purana? We would like to see
it.
8 – Cosmology. Very important to note that the word, “air”, is not used the same way we use it.
It seems to be the idea of “prana”, tactile energy. It is manipulated in Karate, as Chi, in oriental
medicine. What ever you can feel, hard and soft, hot or cold, is Prana. Next two modules we
should get this straight.
10 – Many points of discussion in this verse. We pay $50/year and have access to the
Encyclopedia Bitannica on-line. There we will find and interesting article on Kapila as I
remember. Go there with the free access at least. Another point is that someone will say
Bhagavan here is clearly referring to Lord Brahma and Srila Prabhupada is not presenting the
Bhagavatam As It Is. What do you think about that?
Which BG verse is cited from the 15th Chapter? Can you chant it? What does the Purport say?
Look at it in the evening BG reading? What is the BG 4th Chapter citation?
12 – What does nirvyalīkataḥ mean? Earlier it said that the prayers by the demigods were
without duplicity also, no?
13 – Here our memorization verse is cited again - a fundamental text to our theology.
15 – “Here two words are used very significantly — yathā-śīlam and yathā-ruci…. At the
present moment, because boys and girls are not married according to quality and character,
most marriages are unhappy, and there is divorce.” Such practical advice. Should be organized
into a manual, dramas, videos for pre-marital youths.
16 – What are the BG and Vedic citations indicated here?
18 - “Just become Krsna conscious. Just worship Krsna…”, what BG verse is paraphrased?
26 – “Another explanation of tri-yuga is that He has three pairs of divine attributes, namely
power and affluence, piety and renown, and wisdom and dispassion. According to Śrīdhara
Svāmī, His three pairs of opulences are…” – Very exotic explanations of six opulences.
89
34-35 – Super contemplation on Sannyase life. It is for Sannyasis for their practice, for
instructing Sannyasa candidates and for Grhasthas to understand how to relate to them. For
example a girl may be proud of her chastity, a Vaishya may be proud of having given a good
donation for Temple construction. Of what is a Sannyasi proud? What are the two types of
Sannyasis? Which type was Kardama Muni? How many days can a Sannyasi stay? Sannyasa is
forbidden in Kali-yuga along with horse sacrifices etc. yet who “must take sannyasa? How can
a Sannyasi engage in practical meditation in the current age?
40 – “She has only three stages…”. Does this mean that ladies are not Brahmanas, Ksatriyas,
Vaisyas or Sudras? Seems so. They are ladies and they have ladies Dharma. They have B, K, V, S
tendencies but their natural situation is to help their father, husband… and take shelter of
them.
42 – More Sannyasa contemplation, “He should not have his own house…”: So many Sannyasis
I know, including ourselves, have a certain Temple or Ghrastha ashrama where we have
storage for several suitcases or lockers worth of things. Yes, these may be for our service, but
the tendency is there to think of these things as ours and to be owned by them. Practice having
nothing, not even your breath. Also, “Ahimsa means not being violent. There are eighteen
processes for attaining knowledge and perfection, and by his vow, Kardama Muni adopted all
the principles of self-realization.” Are these the processes mentioned in Chapter 13 of the BG.
1. Humility;
2. pridelessness;
3. nonviolence;
4. tolerance;
5. simplicity;
6. approaching a bona fide spiritual master;
7. cleanliness;
8. steadiness;
9. self-control;
10. renunciation of the objects of sense gratification;
11. absence of false ego;
12. the perception of the evil of birth, death, old age and disease;
13. detachment;
14. freedom from entanglement with children, wife, home and the rest;
15. even-mindedness amid pleasant and unpleasant events;
16. constant and unalloyed devotion to Me;
17. aspiring to live in a solitary place;
90
18. detachment from the general mass of people;
19. accepting the importance of self-realization;
20. philosophical search for the Absolute Truth
Seems not because there are 20 in this list. Where are these 18-from?
ESSAY
From you own perspective and the comments in this Chapter write about how to prepare for
Sannyasa and how to execute it. Compare this with what actually happens in the moder world,
especially in ISKCON.
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE SIX
General
Broad Picture
Judging from their content and their titles, why can we put these five chapters into one
Module?
What question does Vidura ask of Maitreya to start this whole section off?
Roughly speaking, what was Vidura’s first question of Maitreya when they met? How does
Svayambhuva Manu enter into the answer? How does the story of Lord Varaha enter into the
service of Svayambhuva Manu?
Chapter 20
If you were an Asura and the twilight came you might see it as:
a) Stimulus for Sleep.
b) A beautiful women for Sex.
c) Time of introspection and music.
Which group of created beings were attracted to which aspect of Brahma’s creation:
1) Yaksas and Raksasa, 2) Chief Demigods, 3) Adevan – Demons, 4) Asuras, 5) Visvavasu and
other Gandharvas, 6) Ghosts and Fiends, 7) Sadhyas and Pitas, 8) Siddhas and Vidyadharas, 9)
Kimpurusas and Kinnaras
a) Night – Hunger and Thirst
b) Effulgent form of Daytime.
c) Lord Brahma buttocks for homo-sex.
d) Evening twilight
e) Moonlight
91
f) Lord Brahma Yawning
g) Lord Brahmas own invisible form
h) Lord Brahma’s form known Anardhana.
i) Lord Brahma’s reflection in the water
Chapter 21
1 – This text is the pivotal text for the logic of the development of the SB all the way through
the beginning of Canto 11: Who are the descendants of Svayambhuva Manu and the other
Manus? What incarnations appeared during their administrations?
6 – He did austerities for 10,000 years, but he lived for 100,000 years, since this Lila takes
place in Satya-yuga, no? 10,000 is 10% of his life. In proportion, if we live 75 years then we
would have to do 7.5 years to match him. That’s not to long for aspiring Grhastas if they want
to get a son like Lord Kapila etc.
13-21 – Prayers by Kardama. How does he describe the Lord? Are there any considerations in
his prayers for anything beyond personal liberation such as the liberation of others or
satisfying the Lord?
Chapter 22
Why did Svayambhuva Manu go to Kardama Muni’s Ashrama? He said, “I am offering her
now, but if you don’t accept her then later__________? How was the smile of Kardama Muni
related to Sankirtana?
Svayambhuva was glad to get rid of his daughter?
He lived on barley cooked in the urine of a cow outside of his capitol after this?
Chapter 23
Devahuti became robust with rosy cheeks after she began to live with Kardama? What can you
say about how she sets a good example of wife-Dharma?
She asked for:
a) Yoga Siddhis?
b) Jnana?
c) Kids?
d) Bhakti to Govinda carana?
Describe their two residences?
How was her body prepared to please her husband for getting children?
How was their sexual gratification Dharma?
92
Chapter 24
When Kardama was leaving for Sannyasa, for what did she ask?
What arrangement did Kardama make for his family before taking Sannyasa?
30-33 – Two kinds of Sannyasis are described? Which kind was he? What else impressed you
about the principles of Sannyasa demonstrated by Kardama-Sannyasa?
Details
Chapter 20
What are the five kinds of nescience created by Brahma? 20.18
What is Srila Prabhupada’s evaluation of homo-sexuality? 20.26
Does Brahma commit suicide when he “casts of his body”? 20.28
Where can we find a description of the example of the lusty demoniac consciousness that
develops in the evening? 20.36
Chapter 21
We meet many Yoga students. Where can we get Prabhupada’s declaration of what is Yoga
really? 21.12 (and surrounding verses).
The Chapters in SB about the marriage of Kardama and Devahuti give wonderful instruction of
VAD. Are Karma Kanda and Jnana Kanda described as a practical path to Bhakti-yoga? 20.1617
What is the name of the lake where Kardama Muni had his ashrama? 21.38
Chapter 22
How were Kardama and Svayambhuva Manu examples of co-operation between Brahmanas
and Ksatriyas? 22.4
How did Svayambhuva Manu take proper care of his daughter? 22.9
How should a wife be equal to a husband in her qualities to make a happy marriage? 22.11
Does a girl give here heart just once or can she adjust to a new husband? 22.15
What is a “dowry”? Is it compulsory? 22.23
Chapter 23
From the example of Devahuti and Kardama how did they make spiritual progress differently
according to their genders? 23.11
93
Someone is claiming to be a great modern Yogi, and you respond by describing the glories of
the house produced by Kardama Muni as an example of material yoga perfection what to speak
of spiritual perfection. Describe his house? 23.12 +
Should ladies wash their hair every day? 23.31
How many times is the sexual appetite of women greater than men? 23.44
How long was it after Devahuti became pregnant until she gave birth to her daughters? 23.48
Devahuti asked for fearlessness. How did Kardama give it? How did Kapila give it? 23.51
Devahuti is an example of austerity in serving the husband, but how is she a wonderful
example of asking for benedictions for that service? Was her desire for sex good? 23.56
Chapter 24
Devahuti was feeling that she had acted improperly and had not taken advantage of her
association with Kardama in their family life. Did Kardama confirm this? What did he tell her?
What were some of the things that Lord Brahma said to Kardama and Devahuti?
What did Kardama ask from Lord Kapila?
What result did Kardama obtain?
MODULATE VII: SANKHYA-YOGA OF KAPILADEVA
CHAPTER 25: The Glories of the Devotional Service
Verses = 44
(ttd – find ttd in this chapter. This HpS revision only)
Memorize
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 3.25.21
titikṣavaḥ kāruṇikāḥ
suhṛdaḥ sarva-dehinām
ajāta-śatravaḥ śāntāḥ
sādhavaḥ sādhu-bhūṣaṇāḥ
SYNONYMS
94
titikṣavaḥ — tolerant; kāruṇikāḥ — merciful; suhṛdaḥ — friendly; sarva-dehinām — to all
living entities; ajāta-śatravaḥ — inimical to none; śāntāḥ — peaceful; sādhavaḥ — abiding by
scriptures; sādhu-bhūṣaṇāḥ — adorned with sublime characteristics.
TRANSLATION
The symptoms of a sādhu are that he is tolerant, merciful and friendly to all living entities. He
has no enemies, he is peaceful, he abides by the scriptures, and all his characteristics are
sublime.
Summary
There is a false statement in the following Chapter Summary. What is it?
In previous chapters the appearance of Lord Kapila, and His position as Bhagavan have been
introduced. Rsis, Saunaka-adi, had probably heard about Lord Kapila Deva from different
sources. Lord Kapila appeared in the Satya-yuga and this is Dvarpara-yuga. Yet, they want to
hear the instructions on Yoga of Lord Kapila precisely from Suta Goswami. Suta Goswami then
returns to the dialog between Maitreya and Vidura as usual.
The great person, Devahuti, then asks about how many things? How many qualifications in
Lord Kapila and herself and the situation does she mention that make it auspicious for her to
hear from the Lord?
The Lord then glorifies the yoga He will teach. Why is it the best yoga? Go into as much depth
as you can in looking for the answer.
After this the extremely venerable Devahuti glorifies the central quality of the yoga that her
Son has been describing. What is that quality? Then she asks for detail of the yoga process, and
Lord Kapila concludes the chapter describing the exact techniques, postures, and so forth that
are required.
Laksmana agra ja Das mentions that earlier chapters the process of Bhakti yoga has been
described in terms of technique, but here we see how it is personified by the Sadhu.
ttd srinivasa x visv. c’varti. + deity worship stressed by p’pada x vnc…
Details
Text 1 – The Lord descends to give transcendental knowledge. Where do we get knowledge for
material necessities? Is this material knowledge part of a broader program? How does the
mode of goodness fit into this program?
95
Text 3 – “Therefore…” - what has been going on before that here merits a determination in the
form of “Therefore…”?
Text 5 – “as soon as there is a grown up son father should go”! Will you do this?
Text 8 – “paaragam”
Text 9 - “adyah, pumsam isvarah”. Is Lord Kapila like Krsna in another body?
Text 11- This seems to be a fundamental question. Let’s see if it remains a central topic –
purusha and prakrti. Of course, the “cutting down the tree” brings us round to BG 15 again.
13 – “One practices yoga in order to attain perfection on the spiritual platform. There is no
question of material happiness or distress. It is transcendental. Lord Kapila will eventually
explain how it is transcendental, but the preliminary introduction is given here.” We are
seeing this chapter that way, as an introduction to the Sankhya Yoga system. Next chapters will
give the content.
14 – He is just explaining and old Yoga system.
16 – “The mind must be engaged. If we engage our mind in Kṛṣṇa, naturally the consciousness
becomes fully purified, and there is no chance of the entrance of material desire and greed.”
We have heard this maybe 147 times, but it is still sinking in. We need some happy work for
the senses and mind, and Krsna WILL send it if we pray for it.
17 – What is the BG verses cited? Sanskrit? Read it tonight?
18 – Again “saropadi vinir muktam..” cited. Where is that cited in the BRSindhu? Verse
number?
19 – “The mind must be engaged. If we engage our mind in Kṛṣṇa, naturally the consciousness
becomes fully purified, and there is no chance of the entrance of material desire and greed.”
What is the “, Sanskrit?
“In the Upaniṣads a devotee prays to the Lord to kindly put aside the effulgence, brahmajyoti, so
that the devotee may see within the brahmajyoti the actual, eternal form of the Lord.” We
memorized this verse, no? What is it?
Of course, we Mayavadis and Bhuddhists would love the words, “brahma-siddhaye”, but Srila
Prabhupada, true to his Pranam prayers, will not let them stand!
20 – “A sādhu is not just an ordinary man with a saffron robe or long beard.”
See Rsabhadeva cited?! We were taken to study these instructions of Rsabhadeva by their
citations in the NOI!
21 – Super Verse! We personally heard (while cooking the Halvah offering for Lord
Jagannatha) Srila Prabhupada citing this verse and the next in terms of Guru Das’s taking
Sannyasa.
96
24 – ISKCON… We saw the same descriptions of what is the fundamental purpose of ISKCON
in NOI also, no?
25 – We will memorize this next week!
28 – Jaya! Devahuti is asking how to practically apply this. Is this “bhajana kriya”?
29 – Falls down from Brahman and Paramatma but not from Bhagavan.
35 – Nice arguments for with the Mayavadis. “The devotees express their minds before the
Deity, and in many instances the Deity also gives answers. But one must be a very elevated
devotee in order to be able to speak with the Supreme Lord. Sometimes the Lord informs the
devotee through dreams.”
36 – “Even great impersonalists like Śukadeva Gosvāmī and the four Kumāras were attracted
by the beauty of the Deities in the temple, by the decorations and by the aroma of tulasī offered
to the Lord, and they became devotees.” Remember the Sanskrita? We remember ½. We have
to look it up!
In the discussions with Satyaraja Khan as cited in NOI this point comes up and it seems that we
are talking about an un-offensive third class devotee here, not an offensive third class devotee.
38 – Origen of the Jiva… “A special feature of this verse is the acceptance of the Supreme Lord
as the supreme preceptor. Bhagavad-gītā was spoken directly by the Supreme Lord, and Arjuna
accepted Kṛṣṇa as guru, or spiritual master. Similarly, we should accept only Kṛṣṇa as the
supreme spiritual master.” Why is this not Rtvik philosophy?
Such nice, basic descriptions of being fixed in our transcendent relation with Krsna, no?
42 – So poetical! Use it in your preaching!
Essay
We have been noting BG verses cited by Srila Prabhupada, but in this Chapter please go
through and collect the BG that Srila Prabhupada cites, especially those that deal with the
development of Bhakti yoga, and write your essay about them, why they are cited, important
and any personal comments that you want to make.
CHAPTER 26: Fundamental principles of the Material Nature
Texts = 72
Memorize
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 3.25.25
97
satāḿ prasańgān mama vīrya-saḿvido
bhavanti hṛt-karṇa-rasāyanāḥ kathāḥ
taj-joṣaṇād āśv apavarga-vartmani
śraddhā ratir bhaktir anukramiṣyati
SYNONYMS
satām — of pure devotees; prasańgāt — through the association; mama — My; vīrya —
wonderful activities; saḿvidaḥ — by discussion of; bhavanti — become; hṛt — to the heart;
karṇa — to the ear; rasa-ayanāḥ — pleasing; kathāḥ — the stories; tat — of that; joṣaṇāt — by
cultivation; āśu — quickly; apavarga — of liberation; vartmani — on the path; śraddhā — firm
faith; ratiḥ — attraction; bhaktiḥ — devotion; anukramiṣyati — will follow in order.
TRANSLATION
In the association of pure devotees, discussion of the pastimes and activities of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead is very pleasing and satisfying to the ear and the heart. By cultivating
such knowledge one gradually becomes advanced on the path of liberation, and thereafter he is
freed, and his attraction becomes fixed. Then real devotion and devotional service begin.
General
1-8 – Wow! Super concise summary of all that we have heard before about living entity and
nature.
9 -- Mataji asks for details.
10-49 -- Prabhupada said that we use these instructions to understand Sankhya. They are so
precise, no?
50 – 72 – The Lord enters the Material Elements and gives them personal animation. I bet this
will continue in the next Chapter. Maybe not. O.K. Let’s look at details. It is 99.999% certain
that we cannot understand all of them in just this one week, but we can advance in our mystic
studies to advance our Japa and Sankirtana!!!
Where else did we discuss the creation/universal form topics so far? Looking at the chapter
titles that Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura has in his commentary it appears we can classify
them as:
•
Descriptions of the universal form: 2.1, 2.6, 2.10, 3.6, 3.26
•
Description of Brahma’s creation: 3.12, 3.20
98
•
Other creation topics: 2.5 sarga (cause of all causes), 3.10 is ten types of creation
(divisions of creation)
Details
3 – This verse is very essential, no? In His Sankhya this is the first element analyzed, no? So the
Purport goes into great detail about this first element.
“the proof of the existence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.”
“…consciousness is the result of a combination of matter…”
Bs 5.40 – Did we memorize this? Can you remember it? Refresh it. Prabhupada is using it!
4 – Next step in the Sankhya, analysis, is to connect the first element with the second element,
God with matter. The analogy of the sun is given many times and we can appreciate its richness
more and more.
5 – Third element, the bodies of the souls. “Why this material world was created for the
sufferings of the conditioned souls is a very intricate question.” Excellent definition of
“eternally conditioned”. NDX (Origin of the Jiva ***)
8 – “the word "pastime" implies voluntary acceptance for enjoyment.” Excellent definition of
Lila.
9 – “The relationship of all living entities with material nature has been explained. Now an
understanding of the relationship between material nature and the Supreme Lord is sought by
Devahūti.”
10 – Pradhana x Prkrti.
15 – “…the time factor (past, present and future).”
16-18 – What is Time?
21-22 - What is “visuddha sattva”? How is it related to Sankarsana etc.
23 – NDX (Origen of the Jiva – 20*) “We cannot argue about why false ego arises from pure
consciousness. Factually, there is always the chance that this will happen, and therefore one has
to be very careful.”
29 – Ooops! “By transformation of the false ego in passion, intelligence takes birth…”. From BG
we understand that intelligence is superior to the mind. Visistha Das, an excellent scholar in
Russia commented that one of the Acharyas commented that this is “sensuous intelligence”, a
portion of the Buddhi that guides the mind.
30 – When is doubt good and when bad? Notice that Bhakti-yoga includes Patanjali, Astangayoga.
99
31 – “As far as intelligence is concerned, it is clearly stated here that it is a product of egoism in
passion.” “For those who want to make spiritual advancement, there is almost no existence of
the mode of passion. Only the mode of goodness is prominent.”
32 – This purport is so great that it needs to be printed as a separate document. We’ve seen it
used in university programs. It can be given to musicians – so many people!
32-49 – The Lord gives details of the evolution of the elements. So many details that you may
want to individually note this time, or catch later as your service leads you to study this more.
We use Sankhya often and relate it to Carl Jung, E. T. Hall, Marshal McLuhan, Ernst Poppel and
other Western psychologists and scientists. This Sankhya is very, very practical description of
the phenomenal world. It can find wonderful application in the modern world. Vastu-veda,
Gandharva-veda, Ayur-veda – Architecture, Music and Dance, Medicine all come from this
Sankhya in specific application.
50-70 – The Lord, Kapila Dev, describes how these unmixed elements were converted into an
egg and then how the egg developed and woke up when the Lord entered with consciousness.
71 – This is compared to the individual waking up.
72 – “Therefore, through devotion, detachment and advancement in spiritual knowledge
acquired through concentrated devotional service, one should contemplate that Supersoul as
present in this very body although simultaneously apart from it.” We seem to accomplish this
meditation on the Supersoul by meditating through actual service on the instructions of Srila
Prabhupada.
Essay
Write a summary of this chapter, selecting specific points on Sankhya and their practical
application in you own life as you can.
CHAPTER 27: Understanding Material Nature
Texts = 30
Memorize (word for word)
śarīra avidyā jāla, jaḍendriya tāhe kāla,
jīve phele viṣaya-sāgare
tā'ra madhye jihvā ati, lobhamāyā sudurmati,
tā'ke jetā kaṭhina saḿsāre
100
kṛṣṇa baḍa dayāmaya, karibāre jihvā jaya,
sva-prasāda-anna dila bhāi
sei annāmṛta khāo, rādhā-kṛṣṇa-guṇa gāo,
preme ḍāka caitanya-nitāi
"O Lord! This material body is a lump of ignorance, and the senses are a network of paths
leading to death. Somehow or other we have fallen into the ocean of material sense enjoyment,
and of all the senses the tongue is the most voracious and uncontrollable. It is very difficult to
conquer the tongue in this world, but You, dear Kṛṣṇa, are very kind to us. You have sent this
nice prasāda to help us conquer the tongue; therefore let us take this prasāda to our full
satisfaction and glorify Your Lordships Śrī Śrī Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa and in love call for the help of
Lord Caitanya and Prabhu Nityānanda."
Word-for-Word-Translation
sarira-the material body,
avidya-ignorance,
jal-network,
joda-indriya-material senses,
tahe-they,
kal-death,
jive-the soul,
phele-throw,
visaya-of sense enjoyment,
sagore-the ocean,
tara-them,
madhye-among,
jihva-the tongue,
ati lobhamoy-very voracious,
sudurmati-uncontrollable,
take-that,
jeta-to conquer,
kathina-difficult,
samsare-in this world.
101
The overall meaning of the first stanza is: This material body is a network of ignorance. The
senses are a network of paths leading to death. We have been thrown into this ocean of
material sense enjoyment. Of all the senses, the tongue is the most voracious and difficult to
control in this world.
Krsna-Krsna
baro-very,
doyamoy-merciful,
koribare-to do,
jihva-of the tongue,
jay-to control,
svaprosad-His own remnants,
anna-rice,
dilo-Has given,
bhai-brothers,
sei-that,
anna-rice,
amrita-nectar,
pao-accept,
guna-praises,
gao-sing,
preme-with love,
dako-call out.
The overall meaning of the second stanza: Lord Krishna being the most merciful, has given his
own prosadam to us. Brothers, take this prosadam nectar and praise the lordships Srimati
Radharani and Lord Krishna. Call out with love for Sri Chaitanya Dev and Sri Nityananda
Prabhu.
SUMMARY
Told ya so! This chapter just continues from the last.
3.26.72
102
Therefore, through devotion, detachment and advancement in spiritual knowledge acquired
through concentrated devotional service, one should contemplate that Supersoul as present in
this very body although simultaneously apart from it.
3.27.1
The Personality of Godhead Kapila continued: When the living entity is thus unaffected by the
modes of material nature, because he is unchanging and does not claim proprietorship, he
remains apart from the reactions of the modes, although abiding in a material body, just as the
sun remains aloof from its reflection on water.
Will Mataji ask a question now, or will the Lord turn to another topic on His own volition? Last
chapter was the creation of the universe and now what? Analysis of what and how things
happen within this universe?
An analogy of the sun in introduced in Text 1. We will see it used again. Imagine it clearly.
In Text 2 we see Lord Kapila turning to the contrast, the conditioned soul. We saw this before
again and again in the BG and SB, no, the contrast between the Yogi and the Bhogi?
Text 5 we took as a central idea. It is our duty to be a Yogi and not a Bhogi.
Texts 6-10 we then see details of the process and attitude necessary for this Yoga work.
Text 10–16 – As a result of the process he sees himself, the Supreme-self and the material
energy clearly and it liberated. How many times is the analogy of the sun used? How many
qualities does the Supreme Lord have?
17-20 – Mataji gives very clear statement of the conditioned soul’s problem, requesting to
know how it is possible to get release.
21-30 – Lord again describes the process. He gives us good impetus to realize that our Bhakti
Yoga must be with severe austerity, mystic power and full intellectual comprehension and must
be executed for a very long time based on hearing about Him and by His mercy we go to the
Supreme destination.
If you like, count how many, even the exact number of the, BG verses cited in this chapter. This
seems to be a lot because Lord Kapila’s teachings are Karma yoga at this point, just like BG.
Also, watch how much of this was explained earlier in NOI! Thus we put the “sarira avidya
jal…” for memory because it is perfect Karma-yoga verse, no?
Details
103
[Note: Because we had to do this on our cell phone and Srinivasa’s work got lost by his computer,
some of the verse numbers may be incorrect! Please correct them and let us know. We are
trying to correct them as much as possible]
4 – Excellent purport to BG 5.29, best friend, “If one makes friendship with Kṛṣṇa, one will
never be cheated, and he will get all help needed.”
5 – “Thus the seriousness of bhakti-yoga is stressed in this verse.” How many Sanskrita terms
Prabhupada mentions? Continues BG 5.29!
6 – Is this true: Hearing and Chanting -> Dancing (Yoga asanas) -> Sraddha -> Bhava?
7 – “A dog, a cow”… Which BG verse is this?
8 – Such a nice practical list. Check if youi are doing each item as you rea them. Can you
improve? “It is very important to live en a secluded place”. Do you have “peace of mind”? Did
Mother Yasoda have peace of mind? “Should be official” in friendships with whom? Do you do
this?
10 – “In CC it is said”, do you know this verse? We do. It is famous. Lord Caitanya spoke it
Ramananda Ray when they first were meeting.
“purified senses can serve Krsna”: This is Bhajana-kriya stage?
11 – Which BG verse? We know this B.S. verse! Chant it.
12 – “perfect example”! Visnu purana verse
13 – “one must identify oneself in his relationship with the Supreme Lord”, nice argument
about the knower, knowledge and the knoweable.
17-20 – Devahuti Mata’s questions. Is it really just one question?
“This question asked by Devahūti of Kapiladeva is more or less impelled by___________”.
“This absence of consciousness is called ________ in Māyāvāda philosophy”.
Three BG verses are cited in Text 19. Please stop and chant them.
She describes the useless efforts of the speculators.
27-30 – We read the four texts several times and looked at the Sanskrit of some of the English
terms. It seems that Lord first answers Mataji’s question by saying that Bhakti-yoga will give
liberation. He mentions that the essence of this Bhakti –yoga is hearing. He says that by thus
executing our prescribed duties there will be liberation as she asks. We are not sure if these
“prescribed duties” are our prescribed duties in Bhakti yoga or our prescribed duties in Varnaashrama. From the following verses it seems that we should hear while we do our VAD duties.
Then we will be free from this attachment even while we act and think within it. Then… by
Lord’s mercy… we will proceed to the ultimate destination. That UD is not very well described.
Also, Lord describes with what characteristics this Bh-Yoga should be performed eg. Text 22.
O.K. Now let’s read the Purports and see how they support of deny our ideas.
104
21 – “Conditional life begins only after one is infected by_________.” Interesting, confirms our
idea that mater is a reflection of Vaikunth. Police – Nice example, no? Who’s ideas is
Prabhupada citing? Idea of doing your VAD detached is here from the beginning. This is like
BG, no? Karma-yoga? Look up SB 1.2.13 and chant it. You forgot it right? Chance to refresh
your memory.
Prabhupada says, “professional devotional duty”, so Lord Kapila is giving the same VAD karmayoga that He gave to Arjuna.
“One must hear these scriptures repeatedly from reliable sources in order to become fixed in
serious devotional service”, this is identical with NOI 3 purport, no? All the knowledge the Lord
is giving is the same as before, just new perspective. More depth. So we see that Srila
Prabhupada’s purport basically amplifies the content of the text step by step.
At the end do you see Prabhupada citing from SB 1.2? We learned those verses. Review them!
1.2.19 is being cited.
30 – Srila Prabhupada is again paraphrasing the Verse we memorized for Chapter 23,
“kaivalyam narakayate…”
Essay
Write an essay, one page, explaining Verse 30 to a doubtful fellow who thinks that devotees are
stupid to become slaves of religious doctrines and rituals, and he is free by giving these up and
“doing it his way”. Notice that the idea of independence came up in Text 24 purport.
105
CHAPTER 28: Kapila's Instructions on the Execution of Dev.
Service
Texts = 44
Memorize
Śrī Brahma-saḿhitā 5.33
advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam
ādyaḿ purāṇa-puruṣaḿ nava-yauvanaḿ ca
vedeṣu durlabham adurlabham ātma-bhaktau
govindam ādi-puruṣaḿ tam ahaḿ bhajāmi
SYNONYMS
advaitam — without a second; acyutam — without decay; anādim — without a beginning;
ananta-rūpam — whose form is endless, or who possesses unlimited forms; ādyam — the
beginning; purāṇa-puruṣam — the most ancient person; nava-yauvanam — a blooming
youth; ca — also; vedeṣu — through the Vedas; durlabham — inaccessible; adurlabham — not
difficult to obtain; ātma-bhaktau — through pure devotion of the soul; govindam — Govinda;
ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
TRANSLATION
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is inaccessible to the Vedas, but obtainable by pure
unalloyed devotion of the soul, who is without a second, who is not subject to decay, is without
a beginning, whose form is endless, who is the beginning, and the eternal puruṣa; yet He is a
person possessing the beauty of blooming youth.
SUMMARY
Until Text 12 what different kinds of progressively more advanced aspects of Yoga are
described by the Lord? Please give a sequential list.
From Text 12 to 33 what is described? We can see two aspects of this meditation? Do you also
see that?
We think that the characteristics of the self-realized yogi are then described. Do you agree?
What might they be in 2 or 3 categories?
DETAILS
106
1 – We should follow this yoga? The goal of this yoga is Prema? Last verse in BG, Chapter Six?
Is Astanga yoga a Vaisnava practice? Why or why not? NDX (Patanjali)
2 – VAD, Karma-yoga, is the start. What four things are mentioned in this verse? Prabhupada
gives elaborate explanation of important words in the verse. Guru must know his relation with
Krsna in Goloka? NDX (Guru-tattva, Level of development required of Guru).
3 – How much is “frugal”? Do you follow this standard for eating? Some other?
4 – A yogi worships the Deity in his heart? What ISO and NOI texts relate to “asteyam”? Guru,
Sadhu, Sastra are mentioned by Rapa Goswami?
5 – Do you see Karma/VAD yoga, yama-niyama, asana, pranayama … pratyahara here?
6 – NDX (yoga-cakras), we like this: Astanga-yoga and Krsna book.
8 – Wow! Learning how to sit at work!
9 – “one can cleanse the mind by ________ or ________”.
11 – “For every item in the yoga system there is a parallel activity in Bhakti-yoga but the
practice of Bhakti-yoga is easier for this age”. NDX (Interfaith Dialog *****)
13 – Don’t rush. Everything good comes like fruit from the trees when you respect SB. Picture
the Supersoul with all details in your mind-heart. BG cited, “Impersonal meditation is
difficult”. Which Chapter is this? Read it, cite it.
15 – “one minus one equals one”: We know this concept. Where is the citation from?
18 – How to meditate on the Form > Nistha. In the mind of temple, Form of the Name.
19 – Lila-smaranam?
20 – The following is Muni meditation?
21 – Lotus feet.
23 – Legs and Laksmi.
26 – “…that spot…”; yogis take advantage of _____, Bhakti-yogis take advantage of ______?
31 – A devotee is free from suffering? If so, how?
32 – Brahmacari can be secured by fasting and not eating sweets?
33 – We think two points are emphasized again and again in these purports. What do you
think?
34 – “By following this course…”; “premanjana churita…”: A realized Yogi sees Krsna
everywhere in the “material world” and serves Him, or sees Him internally and in his Siddhasvarupa serves him, or both?
38 - ! ! ! Hare Krsna / Hare Rama ! He sees his body broken and ripped open and bleeding
from an automobile accident and doesn’t identify with it. Remember the example of the
unplugged fan!
107
Does this detachment happen at the time of Brahman initiation? Brahman, Paramatma and
Bhagavan liberation correspond to 2nd, Sannyasa initiation and Prema-bhakti?
Essay
Pick some of the points in this Yoga of Kapil and explain how you are practicing them?
108
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE SEVEN
General Review
In the previous Module we saw a profoundly detailed and practical discussion of Daivi-varnaashrama-dharma. Now in this Module we’ll see the first of two explaining the material nature
in great analytical detail and Astanga yoga for devotees.
With our intelligence we could not see how the lessons of Kapila or the questions of Devahuti
were very systematic, so we reread the translations to all four chapters, looking up the exact
Sanskrit words at times, trying to see a method to the education.
In general, the structural questions and headings are at:
SB 3.25.7-14
SB 3.25.28-31
SB 3.26.1
SB 3.26.9-10
SB 3.27.1
SB 3.27.17-21
SB 3.28.1
In Chapter 25 M. Devahuti asks about freedom from the agitation of the senses. The question is
about the relationship between the Jiva and Krsna, renunciation and Sankhya yoga. There
seems to be very little discussion of Rasa in these chapters. The objective seems to be to
understand Krsna as the Paramatma. After explaining this analytical system of Yoga, Lord
Kapila concludes that devotional service is the best achievement of Sankhya. Then Devahuti
asks what kind of devotional service would be good for her as a woman.
From Text 32 there is a description of seeing the charming Forms of the Lord as devotional
service. This seems to be the answer to Devahuti’s question, “What Bhakti yoga would be good
for a Lady?” In this way the mind and senses are naturally engaged. It is the best use of Astanga
yoga. It very much reminds us of the Bhagavad-gita’s conclusion to Chapter Six and the
beginning of Chapter Seven.
In Chapter 26 Lord Kapila says that He will explain the “tattvanam laksanam” qualities of the
Absolute Truth and this will lead to “vimucyeta”, liberation. So we are back to Sankhya with the
end of liberation. In Text 9 M. Devahuti asks to understand, “prakrteh purusaya laksanam”.
Seems that first Lord Kapila is giving basic details of the initial creation but then she asks for
109
more details of the subsequent creation. Lord Kapila explains the Purusas, Elements and Viratarupa with the Super soul as a person.
(1) What are the first three items that Kapila talks about in His Sankhya? T3-T5
(2) The feelings of happiness and distress of the soul, who is transcendental by nature, are
caused by ______. T8
(3) False ego in goodness produces intelligence. T/F? T29
(4) Match the words (3.26.54-61):
1)
Mouth
a)Moon
4)
Anus
d)God of fire
5)
Mind
e)Dig-devatas
3)
Hands
c)God of death
In Chapter 27 Lord explains that this knowledge He is giving when realized will automatically
result in the detachment she desires. Lord then gives very specific details of the Sankhya yoga
such as how to eat etc. Because of this one can see that he is separate from this world. However,
the question she asks could quite naturally follows: The Sankhya yogi sees he is separate, but
does the material nature release him, how can he be released? Kapila answers that one can
then be released by then engaging in devotional service with a focus on hearing with attention
about the Lord for a long time.
So the repeated focus seems to be performing Hatha yoga techniques to calm the mind, to
contemplate the Elements and Purusa-avatars to get detached and then, then, one can begin
devotional service. Not many details of devotional service are given.
Finally, in Chapter 28, Lord again says He will explain the Yoga that will make one
“prasannam”, happy and take one to the “yati sat-pathan” the eternal path. So we are still in
progress, like the BG verse, Brahma bhuta prasan-atma... He says this involves starting with
DVAD, Karma yoga, renouncing Vikarma (asat-pathan), progressing to Yoga disciplines with
sitting postures, breathing, and in Text 12 the Form of the Lord is introduced. This again seems
110
to be a kind of meditation not devotional service because the result is that we realize that the
Supersoul is all pervading. This would equal “bahunama janmanam ante…”
So, our review leads us this view of an analytical description of the Purusas, the Elements and
the process of Astanga-yoga which takes us to “real devotional service”.
Do you agree?
SEE LORD CAITANYA AT RATHAYATRA IN CC. GOPIS COMMENTS ON KRSNA’S FREE
ADVICE THAT THEY SHOULD DO SANKHYA YOGA. ALSP V. CAKRAV. COMMENTS.
We looked in Desire Tree for a better analysis but we didn’t find any. We should look in the MI
study guides next and then include some specific questions about details that we should
remember.
O.K. We opened the PDF of the MI Study Guides. The actual PDF page is 162. The questions
seem good for review while you are studying, but seem too specific to be useful as permanent
memory value. We are trying to ask questions that the Bhakti-vaibhavin should be able to
answer two years after he finishes the Module. “Higher education in ISKCON is in diapers”,
Yadunandana Swami 2005.
•
How would you compare the consciousness and questions of Devahuti and Kunti Devi?
•
Someone says, “I read the two purports in SB 1.9 by Bhismadeva about your socialphilosophy. Do you have something like five chapters about Daivi-varna-ashramadharma, about the Ashrama’s that I can read?”. Where can you direct him?
•
In Kapila-sankhya we find detailed description of the beautiful form of the Param-atma.
Where have we encountered detailed descriptions of the Param-atma or Vaikunatha
before in the SB?
•
“Lord Kapila preached an impersonal Yoga”. How do you explain this? Were there more
than one Kapila? When did they live? What Sanskrita names are given to Them?
Details
Chapter 26
1. What is the difference between the Lord and a Jiva when they come into the material
world in different forms? Are they both performing pastimes? T8
111
2. Describe Time in your own words. T16-T18
3. Why does a living entity that is pure in nature fall into this material world? T23-T24
4. How many total elements are there in the Sankhya philosophy? What are they? (Several
texts + T18 Purport)
Chapter 27
5. What does it mean to “eat frugally” and “live in a secluded place”?
6. Does Lord Kapila recommend that we avoid people in general or have friendly relations
with them or something else?
7. How do Lord Kapila’s teachings in SB compare with those of Krsna in BG?
Chapter 28
3.28.8 says, “after controlling the mind and sitting postures”, but in the Sanskrita we didn’t find
a mention of mind. It seems to be out of place. So far the sitting postures are controlled. Next
the mind will be controlled.
1. SB 3.28.2: One should execute his prescribed duties to the best of his ability and avoid
performing duties not allotted to him. One should be satisfied with as much gain as he achieves
by the grace of the Lord, and one should worship the lotus feet of a spiritual master.
PURPORT
In this verse there are many important words which could be very elaborately explained, but
we shall briefly discuss the important aspects of each. The final statement is ātmaviccaraṇārcanam. Ātma-vit means a self-realized soul or bona fide spiritual master. Unless one is
self-realized and knows what his relationship with _____________ is, he cannot be a bona fide
spiritual master. Here it is recommended that one should seek out a bona fide spiritual master
and surrender unto him (arcanam), for by inquiring from and worshiping him one can learn
spiritual activities.
2. SB 3.28.3: One should cease performing conventional religious practices and should be
attracted to those which lead to salvation. One should eat very frugally and should always
remain secluded so that he can achieve the highest perfection of life.
PURPORT
112
It is recommended herein that religious practice for economic development or the satisfaction
of sense desires should be avoided. Religious practices should be executed only to gain freedom
from the clutches of material nature.
What Sanskrit term in Text 2 or 3 of Nectar of Instruction advises the same thing?
3. The next important phrase is mita-medhyādanam, which means that one should eat very
frugally. It is recommended in the Vedic literatures that a yogī eat only ______ what he desires
according to his hunger. If one is so hungry that he could devour one pound of foodstuffs, then
instead of eating one pound, he should consume only ________ and supplement this with
_____ ounces of water; ________ of the stomach should be left empty for passage of air in the
stomach.
4. SB 3.28.4: One should practice nonviolence and truthfulness, should avoid thieving and be
satisfied with possessing as much as he needs for his maintenance. He should abstain from sex
life, perform austerity, be clean, study the Vedas and worship the supreme form of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead.
Purport
… Svādhyāyaḥ means "reading the authorized Vedic scriptures." Even if one is not Kṛṣṇa
conscious and is practicing the yoga system, he must read standard Vedic literatures in order to
understand. Performance of yoga alone is not sufficient. _________________, a great devotee
and ācārya in the Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava-sampradāya, says that all spiritual activities should be
understood from three sources, namely 1_____________, 2________________ and
3_______________. These three guides are very important for progress in spiritual life.
5. SB 3.28.6: Fixing the vital air and the mind in one of the six circles of vital air circulation
within the body, thus concentrating one's mind on the transcendental pastimes of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead, is called samādhi, or samādhāna, of the mind.
Purport:
There are six circles of vital air circulation within the body. The first circle is within the
______, the second circle is in the area of the heart, the third is in the area of the lungs, the
fourth is on the ______, the fifth is between the ________, and the highest, the sixth circle, is
113
above the brain. One has to fix his mind and the circulation of the vital air and thus think of
the transcendental pastimes of the Supreme Lord. … It is clearly stated, vaikuṇṭha-līlā. Līlā
means "pastimes." … It is through the processes of devotional service, _________________ of
the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, that one can achieve this concentration.
As described in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the Lord appears and disappears according to His
relationships with different devotees. The Vedic literatures contain many narrations of the
Lord's pastimes, including the Battle of Kurukṣetra and historical facts relating to the life and
precepts of devotees like Prahlāda Mahārāja, Dhruva Mahārāja and Ambarīṣa Mahārāja. One
need only concentrate his mind on _________ and become always absorbed in _____________
. Then he will be in samādhi.
6. SB 3.28.8: After controlling one's mind and sitting postures, one should spread a seat in a
secluded and sanctified place, sit there in an easy posture, keeping the body erect, and practice
breath control.
PURPORT
Sitting in an easy posture is called svasti samāsīnaḥ. It is recommended in the yoga scripture
that one should put the ________ of the feet between the two ________ and ankles and sit
straight; that posture will help one to concentrate his mind on the Supreme Personality of
Godhead. This very process is also recommended in Bhagavad-gītā, Sixth Chapter. It is further
suggested that one sit in a secluded, sanctified spot. The seat should consist of deerskin and
kuśa grass, topped with _________.
7. SB 3.28.9: The yogī should clear the passage of vital air by breathing in the following
manner: first he should _________ very deeply, then _______ the breath in, and finally
_______. Or, reversing the process…
… Practicing the yoga system of exercise and breath control is very difficult for a person in this
age, and therefore Lord Caitanya recommended, ________________: [Cc. adi 17.31]
8. SB 3.28.12: When the mind is perfectly purified by this practice of yoga, one should
concentrate on the tip of the nose with half-closed eyes and see the form of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead.
114
Describe one attractive feature of the form of the Lord described in the verses that follow eg.
His loins are covered by a shining cloth, yellowish like the filaments of a lotus.
115
MODULE VIII: LORD KAPILA AND DEVOTIONAL SERVICE
CHAPTER 29: Explanation of Devotional Service by Lord
Kapila
Texts = 45
MEMORIZE
3.29.13
sālokya-sārṣṭi-sāmīpyasārūpyaikatvam apy uta
dīyamānaḿ na gṛhṇanti
vinā mat-sevanaḿ janāḥ
SYNONYMS
sālokya — living on the same planet; sārṣṭi — having thze same opulence; sśmśpya — to be a
personal associate; sśrśpya — having the same bodily features; ekatvam — oneness; api —
also; uta — even; dśyamśnam — being offered; na — not; gṛhṇanti — do accept; vinś —
without; mat — My; sevanam — devotional service; janāḥ — pure devotees.
TRANSLATION
A pure devotee does not accept any kind of liberation — sālokya, sārṣṭi, sāmī pya, sārūpya or
ekatva — even though they are offered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
3.29.13
SUMARRY
There is an excellent Chapter Summary in Text One’s Purport. Furthermore, we note that so
many of the purports deal with the theme of Deity worship and how He is perceived by
different types of devotees.
DETAILS
2. This seems like “Time” also, no?
3. Purport, Aaaah: Time and the path to darkness are different.
5. Do you feel like you want everyone to be relieved? If no, why?
6. Same in NOI Preface, no? Why did Lord Caitanya come? How we can help Him?
7. 7.16BG: What is the Sanskrit for four kinds of tinged devotees?
116
8. Do you see Madhyama-adhikari service being described? Do you know arrogant, conceited
devotees? Of what service of your own are you proud? NoI 5, no?
9. Four qualities of Tamasic devotee are mentioned in Text 8. What three things mentioned that
a Rajarsic devotee wants in Text 9? What do the Mayavadis say about this verse?
12. Kunti prays for this Ganga like service, no? Which “Lord”? Vaikuntha is good enough?
13. The order of the liberations seems to be like a space ship approaching a Vaikuntha planet
and then getting closer to the Lord. “diyamanam” = “seva adhikari diye” in the Tulasi bhajan?
Do see Prabhupada paraphrasing the “kaivalya narakayate…” verse that we memorized? Do
you see LoB 48 (or 47)? What does Srivatsa mean?
14. The Purport just precisely addresses the Sanskrit, no?
15. Very common challenge: You are also killing by eating vegetables, so why is that better
than a meat diet? We a heard conversation where Srila Prabhupada challenges, “You are
intelligent enough not to eat your children although they are unintelligent like animals. So you
can make this distinction between different levels of violence. Similarly we can distinguish that
killing vegetables is less violent than killing animals, so we avoid it.” Of course, Prabhupada’s
argument is also that we do what Krsna says.
To our comprehension the vegetables are in an anesthetized state, like a person undergoing
surgery, so leaving their body, death, is not so shocking to them, as it is for a developed animal
like a cow. So Krsna can adjust that level of violence, a potato murder, when the potato is
offered in sacrifice to Him by the Pujari. In by gone ages the Pujaris were sufficiently powerful
to offer humans, horses and cows in sacrifice, but now they are limited to potato and carrot
sacrifices.
16. Nice recitation of levels of devotees, and of course the last paragraph really hit us. We have
to be determined to complete our mission, but not become violent on the face of failures.
“Patience is necessary for developing confidence”. So in NOI 3 dhairya is the foundation of
niscaya.
19. Do you have all these qualities? How can you acquire them?
24. Should go beyond offering and eating, to offering and distributing Prasadam. "Distribution
of Prasāda to the ignorant masses of people is essential for persons who make offerings to the
Personality of Godhead". How many times do people share food/coffee in general at your work
place? How often do you do it? (NDX Prasadam – Must distribute)
28. Amazing for science! Up to this point what has been the focus? Rules and regulations?
Relations with the Deity, neophyte and all living entitites?
32. “The position of an Acarya is that he executes devotional service with no desire for
elevation to a higher position of life.” Again, three levels of Vaisnava. Where are you?
117
35. “If the yoga practice is actually performed according to the standard direction, there is no
difference between sankhya-yoga and bhakti-yoga.”
37. Let’s discuss time.
43. We remember the description of Gopa-kumar passing through these in the Brhad-
bhagavat-amrt. These seem to be the subtle psychological form of the gross elements that exist
within each universe. We should try to find this for more understanding in the BBA.
45. Thus ends the discussion of time.
ESSAY
How do you see the Deity? How do different levels of devotees see the Deity? What is the
relation of Param-atma comprehension with the maturity of those who worship the Deity?
What Deities do you serve? What is your service to them? You could also include how food is
exchanged in social life among friends, family, co-workers etc.
118
CHAPTER 30: Description by Lord Kapila of Adverse Fruitive
Activities
Verses=34
Memorize
Srī Brahma-samhita 5.38
premāñjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena
santaḥ sadaiva hṛdayeṣu vilokayanti
yaḿ śyāmasundaram acintya-guṇa-svarūpaḿ
govindam ādi-puruṣaḿ tam ahaḿ bhajāmi
SYNONYMS
prema — of love; añjana — with the salve; churita — tinged; bhakti — of devotion; vilocanena
— with the eye; santaḥ — the pure devotees; sadś — always; eva — indeed; hṛdayeṣu — in
their hearts; vilokayanti — see; yam — whom; śyśma — dark blue; sundaram — beautiful;
acintya — inconceivable; guṇa — with attributes; svarūpam — whose nature is endowed;
govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi
— worship.
TRANSLATION
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is Śyāmasundara, Kṛṣṇa Himself with inconceivable
innumerable attributes, whom the pure devotees see in their heart of hearts with the eye of
devotion tinged with the salve of love.
Summary
Lord’s instructions become very tangible at this point. We see the human life cycle in which we
personally participate. It continues on into the next chapter, no? It creates detachment from
materialistic activities and promotes enthusiasm in Bhakti-yoga!
These are very, very penetrating verses and purports.
Details
1. Time – This is such a universal topic amongst scientists, lovers, businessmen, philosophers et
al. This purport is so nice to note in our Index as a resource for preaching. We can distribute it
in diverse circumstances. [NDX – Time – excellent, cultural description].
119
2. NOI Text Two, “atyahara”, the rich man who became a cobbler in his next life.
Ozymandias
I met a traveller from an antique land
Who said: Two vast and trunkless legs of stone
Stand in the desart. Near them, on the sand,
Half sunk, a shattered visage lies, whose frown,
And wrinkled lip, and sneer of cold command,
Tell that its sculptor well those passions read
Which yet survive, stamped on these lifeless things,
The hand that mocked them and the heart that fed:
And on the pedestal these words appear:
"My name is Ozymandias, king of kings:
Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!"
Nothing beside remains. Round the decay
Of that colossal wreck, boundless and bare
The lone and level sands stretch far away.
"Ozymandias" is a sonnet by Percy Bysshe Shelley, published in 1818 in the 11 January issue
of The Examiner in London. It is frequently anthologised and is probably Shelley's most famous
short poem. It was written in competition with his friend Horace Smith, who wrote another
sonnet entitled "Ozymandias" seen below.
In addition to the power of its themes and imagery, the poem is notable for its virtuosic diction.
The rhyme scheme of the sonnet is unusual and creates a sinuous and interwoven effect.[3]
Wikipedia
3 – “In another part of Srimad-Bhagavatam, the acceptance of the body as oneself, the
acceptance of others as kinsmen in relationship to this body and the acceptance of the land of
one's birth as worshipable are declared to be the products of an animal civilization.” Where is
this? Queen Kunti? Prahlada Maharaja? Rsabadeva? How do the Pandava’s relate to the
following proposition of Srila Prabhupada?
4 – “Maya has two phases of activities. One is called prakṣepatmika, and the other is called
avaraṇātmikā. Āvaraṇatmika means "_________," and prakṣepatmik means "_________”." As
we remember Srila Prabhupada explains that Maya throws us into the material energy and
then she covers our knowledge. Reverse would seem logical too: We are in ignorance and then
Maya stimulates us to all kinds of sins to get Rasa from matter and thus she throws us into the
material energy. Anyone know other citations about this aspect of The Black Witch.
120
6. These Purports are so nice, so smooth, so natural. In this purport do you recognize two verses
cited in the NOI? One is from Prayers by Prahlada Maharaja in SB 5.18 and the other from
Lord Rsabadeva.
7. We could print this chapter as a small book for distribution, no? So nice. So many people
could appreciate it. Also, we have a question. It is said that this material world is created by the
interaction of the three modes of material nature. Yet, we understand that this world exists as a
reflection or shadow of the spiritual world, Goloka, and the three modes just makes those
shadows seem real. This purport seems to support that hypothesis. We would like to ask Srila
Prabhupada this question in a class.
8. Give your home and heart to your Deities!
9. BG – Sanskrita? Verse number? LOB Verse (Hint: Crane on the Edge of the River)
“The material world is so made that unless one becomes a clever diplomat, his life will be a
failure.”
http://vedabase.com/en/lob/19
14. “…as one passes fifty years of age, he must give up family life and live alone in the forest.
After preparing himself fully, he should become a sannyasa to distribute the knowledge of
spiritual life to each and every home.”
18. BG – Sanskrita?? “At the last stage, no one is satisfied with how he has improved the family
economic condition; everyone thinks that he could not provide sufficiently.”
19. Starts description of hell. Which of the three bodies (subtle, gross, and spiritual) go to hell?
21. NDX – Abortion, Birth Control
24. My God it sounds like working for Micron or Microsoft and arriving at the tribunal for
your quarterly work-performance examination!
“One yojana is calculated to be eight miles…”
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
121
A Yojana (Sanskrit : योजन ) is a Vedic measure of distance used in ancient India. The
exact measurement is disputed amongst scholars with distances being given between 6
to 15 kilometers (4 to 9 miles).
In modern Nepali and Hindi yojana (Hindi : योजना ) also means "plan" or blueprint and
has an interesting connection with the Cartesian notion of distance.
Variations on length
The length of the Yojana varied depending on the different standards adopted by
different Indian astronomers. It was taken to be the distance covered by an ox cart in
one day. In the Surya Siddhanta of the 5th century, for example, a Yojana was
equivalent to 5 miles, and the same was true for Aryabhata's Aryabhatiya (499). By the
time of Paramesvara in the 14th century, the Yojana was more than 1.5 times larger
than it was in Aryabhata's time, thus a Yojana was equivalent to at least 8 miles by
Paramesvara's time.
Religious leader A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada gives the equivalent length of a
yojana as 8 miles (13 km) throughout his translations of the Bhagavata Purana. Some
traditional Indian scholars give measurements between 13 km and 16 km (8-10 miles)
or thereabouts. Alexander Cunningham, in The Ancient Geography of India, takes a
yojana to mean 8 miles.
Usage
If the length of a Yojana is taken to be approximately 8 to 10 miles (13-16 km), like it
was in later times, then its subsidiary measurements are as follows:
1 angula = 16 mm to 21 mm
4 angulas = one dhanu graha (bow grip) = 62 mm to 83 mm;
8 angulas = one dhanu musti (fist with thumb raised) = 125 mm to 167 mm;
12 angulas = 1 vitasti (handspan: distance between tip of thumb and tip of last finger
when palm is stretched) = 188 mm to 250 mm
2 vitastis = 1 aratni (cubit) = 375 mm to 500 mm
4 aratnis = 1 danda = 1.5 to 2.0 m
2 dandas = 1 dhanu = 3 to 4 m
5 dhanus = 1 rajju = 15 m to 20 m
2 rajjus = 1 paridesha = 30 m to 40 m
100 parideshas = 1 krosha (or gorata) = 3 km to 4 km
122
4 kroshas = 1 yojana = 13 km to 16 km
1,000 yojanas = 1 Mahayojan = 13 Mm to 16 Mm
“They have so far traveled at a speed of 18,000 miles per hour”. Is Srila Prabhupada talking
about the “Sputniks”?
29 – Such practical purports, the location of which to remember for preaching. There is
controversy in ISKCON that the hells described here are only allegories, but this Purport
specifically deals with this argument.
33 – So nice. What is your Varna for earning your livelihood? We don’t feel that we are
honestly earning our room and meals unless we can make an academic contribution. So we
look at ourselves and mostly Brahmanas.
Essay
A thoughtful co-worker brings up the topic of a typical modern man who is engaged in
varieties of abominable activities to keep himself and his family happy. He wonders what
reactions such a modern man could get due to his life style. Explain what you would describe
to him and what alternatives you may suggest to help alleviate the bad reaction such man is
destined to get. Make it a dialog with his responses to your different points.
123
CHAPTER 31: Lord Kapila's Instructions on the Movements of
the Living Entity
Verses
48
Memorize
Bs 5.37
ānanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhāvitābhis
tābhir ya eva nija-rūpatayā kalābhiḥ
goloka eva nivasaty akhilātma-bhūto
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
Word for word:
ānanda — bliss; cit — and knowledge; maya — consisting of; rasa — mellows; prati — every
second; bhāvitābhiḥ — who are engrossed with; tābhiḥ — with those; yaḥ — who; eva —
certainly; nija-rūpatayā — with His own form; kalābhiḥ — who are parts of portions of His
pleasure potency; goloke — in Goloka Vṛndāvana; eva — certainly; nivasati — resides; akhilaātma — as the soul of all; bhūtaḥ — who exists; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the
original personality; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
Translation:
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, residing in His own realm, Goloka, with Rādhā,
resembling His own spiritual figure, the embodiment of the ecstatic potency possessed of the
sixty-four artistic activities, in the company of Her confidantes [sakhīs], embodiments of the
extensions of Her bodily form, permeated and vitalized by His ever-blissful spiritual rasa.
Summary
Text 1 – “As stated in the last chapter, after suffering different kinds of hellish conditions, a
man comes again to the human form of body. The same topic is continued in this chapter.”
Read through the Translations of the Verses without the Purports and see if you agree with the
following analysis and complete it.
1-11 = ?
12-21 = ?
22-35
35- 40 =
41-42 = ?
124
43-48 = ?
Details
1. From earth to Andha-tamisra back to earth! Such precise laws are being explained to us.
3. At the end of 3 months we should be able to tell if it’s a boy or girl? How does it fit with
modern science?
5. “Restrictions and precautions to be taken by the pregnant mother, as enunciated in the smṛti
scriptures of Vedic literature, are very useful.” Will peace and prosperity be possible in our
lifetime?
6. BG, “janma, mrtya…”, what is the rest?
15, “A living entity misuses his little independence when he wants to lord it over material
nature. This misuse of independence, which is called māyā, is always available, otherwise there
would be no independence.” [NDX Origin of the Jiva, Free Will *****]
19. “and the full species of bodies in gradual evolution…”, this appears to be an error. Seem like
it should say, “and the full flower in bloom…”, but also seems to have been corrected in later
editions.
20. “Real knowledge entails renunciation, or non-acceptance of this body as the self.” This is
such a wonderful definition of “renunciation”, no, "renunciation = non-acceptance of the body
as the self”?
21. “The mahā-mantra, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare
Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare, can be chanted even within the abdomen of one's mother.” Also
first part of Purport is really good argument against suicide. Mahamantra cited twice! Better to
be in hell if it is more conducive for Krsna Consciousness over there?
34. Bong! Heavy purport for the modern person. Here Sudra’s are denigrated, yet, can you
cite two verses from BG that say a Sudra is a transcendentalist if he is a devotee. Of course,
“kiba vipra, kiba nyasi, sudra kene haya…” declares that anyone who knows the science of
Krsna can become Guru.
We have heard this strong description, of the dangers of associating with women, before in
description of which Avatar (Hint: SB 2.7.6)? If you are in a female body read the purport to
2.7.6 replacing the words for woman with man. Is enlightening? NDX (VAD, Stri-dharma,
Sannyasa-dharma - SB 3.31.32-42)
36. The solution: ‘Only by engaging in the service of Madana-mohana can one curb the
dictates of Madana, Cupid. Otherwise, attempts to control the senses will fail.’
38. “One has to study the captivating potency of woman, and man's attraction for that potency.
From what source was this generated?”
125
39. What does Niraya dvaram mean? Srila Prabhupada finishes with nice benediction: “If,
however, one wants to stick to continued existence in the material world, he may indulge in
female association unrestrictedly.”
40. These purports are like thunderbolts. These ideas don’t appear so strongly in earlier cantos,
no? Separate residence for men and women in the house. Seems that a modern lady would be
frightened by all this: “If I cannot attract my husband by gross sex then what else do I have to
offer? He will not protect me! I and my children will die!” We need a lot of education on what
are the deeper feminine qualities that Draupadi and Gandharari manifested.
41. First, we suggested that women replace the word “man” for “woman” in the Nara-narayana
purport, and we were thinking that it might occur to the student that this is not the case. It is
not an equal reflection ie. attraction of woman for man is always degrading. In a Varnaashrama environment it has advantages, and then Prabhupada releases even another
thunderbolt here: “the substance is that one who aspires to ascend to the transcendental stage
of spiritual realization should be very careful in accepting the association of a woman. In the
stage of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, however, such restriction of association may be slackened
because…”
42. “…then marriage is very nice.” So, for Grhastha which of the nine processes is especially
recommened. jīva-bhūta X brahma-bhūta Do you remember two verses from the Bhagavad
Gita that have these Sanskrit words? Hint: We memorized these in bhakti sastri. 15th and 18th
chapters.
43. We were thinking that 43-48 was Karma and Karma yoga during our first pass, but
reading it a second time the Texts seem to be Karma and Jnana, and in the purports Srila
Prabhupada is taking us to Karma-yoga, which is higher than Jnana, detachment through
analytical knowledge. What do you think? In any case excellent five verses and purports.
44. NDX (Description of Karma and Reincarnation for Preaching)
47. So the ISKCON Brahman who is serving the Deities is a liberated soul?
48. “That renunciation can be achieved by the process recommended in the Second Chapter of
the First Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.” This is described in such verses as “dharmasya hi
apavargasya…”?
Essay
We asked you to complete our analysis of this chapter in the beginning of this Study Guide. Did
you agree with our divisions? Our divisions are:
1-11 = Gestation.
12-21 = Prayers.
126
22-35 = Birth and material life.
35-40 = The dangers of women.
41-42 = The dangers of men.
43-48 = Karma and Jnana (and Karma-yoga).
Just read through the Translations of the Texts and make any comments on things that
impressed you in those Texts themselves or that you remember from the Purports. Include
exact citations, especially ones that you are putting in your Index.
CHAPTER 32: Entanglement in Fruitive Activities
Verses
43
Memorize
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 3.33.6
yan-nāmadheya-śravaṇānukīrtanād
yat-prahvaṇād yat-smaraṇād api kvacit
śvādo 'pi sadyaḥ savanāya kalpate
kutaḥ punas te bhagavan nu darśanāt
SYNONYMS
yat — of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); nāmadheya — the name; śravaṇa —
hearing; anukīrtanāt — by chanting; yat — to whom; prahvaṇāt — by offering obeisances; yat
— whom; smaraṇāt — by remembering; api — even; kvacit — at any time; śva-adaḥ — a dogeater; api — even; sadyaḥ — immediately; savanāya — for performing Vedic sacrifices; kalpate
— becomes eligible; kutaḥ — what to speak of; punaḥ — again; te — You; bhagavan — O
Supreme Personality of Godhead; nu — then; darśanāt — by seeing face to face.
TRANSLATION
To say nothing of the spiritual advancement of persons who see the Supreme Person face to
face, even a person born in a family of dog-eaters immediately becomes eligible to perform
Vedic sacrifices if he once utters the holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead or
chants about Him, hears about His pastimes, offers Him obeisances or even remembers Him.
127
Summary
Hare Krsna! AgtSP!!!!
Paoho. We write this from Guayaquil, Ecuador at 3.43PM, Monday,
2012 December 3rd. You, our esteemed reader, Upendra Das, others, are also someplace with
real people and real plans and history. Studying via internet or written words should not let us
forget the importance of our physical association, no?
This chapter is so nice, of course. We did our own research work then met with Srinivasa Das,
our Study Partner for this Semester, and had a very satisfying discussion of our individual
experiences. We have a different Summary so I suggested that we include ours, HpSwami, and
his both and then you can compare them with yours.
We are a team in progress.
We will study Srimad Bhagavatam life after life with Srila Prabhupada as our teacher!
After reading this chapter we are realizing so many more things we want to study in these
chapters of Kapila-siksa. Maybe we will get to them in this lifetime or not.
Mother Yasoda could not BOTH give her milk to Krsna and protect His milk on the stove. The
Purport is very interesting because Prabhupada talks about how to handle these choices in
devotional service.
Please, read through the Translations only and analyze the Verses into different groups by their
content. Then compare it to our analysis at the end of the “Details” section which follows and
respond to the questions.
In general we see that these chapters are for people immersed in the Vedic culture. Hiranyagarbha, Virat-rupa, Varna and Ashrama Dharma are realities in their hands. Lord Kapila is
discussing these things in terms of their specific value. It is like us discussing meat, vegetarian
and vegan diets with people. These are the actual areas of enquiry that I have met the last few
weeks, so I have to go into detail on these topics. Lord Kapila is talking to Grhastas,
Grhamedhis, Hiranya-garbha-yogis et al.
Details
1 – Compare, remember, SB 2.1.2 purport? SB 7.5.30 is also cited at the end of Text One of
NOI. Prahlada Maharaja is showing the mirror to his father. In the modern world a man does
the austerity of going to the university so he can have auspicious woman, auspicious vehicle,
auspicious crackers and soup. Prabhpada’s definitions are so precise like poetry here. We
wonder what does “medhi” mean? “He prefers to live…” implies that Grhastha ashrama is as
good as Sannyasa ashrama.
128
2 – “This kind of so-called pious and religious man is the result of impersonalism.”? ! The
Karmis at heart are all impersonalists?!
“kama-mudha”!
3 – One day of the demigods is calculated as how much time on earth?
4 – “…are dissolved in water and enter into the body of Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu…” – They don’t
go into the body of Maha-visnu?? !
5 – ‘As long as one works for his personal sense gratification, he will always be full of anxiety’
6 – In my next life I will be a cookie for Krsna, hoping He will eat me…
7 – “The word sūrya-dvāreṇa means "by the illuminated path"”, this has particular feeling for
Peruvian devotees! Did Abimael Guzman read the Vedas? Could we publish in Peru? Does it
make him a second Hitler, using the Svastika and Aryan name for his philosophy?
8 – Two very interesting points we see, and you?
9 – 10 – Why does the meter change? We know not.
11 – “Mommy, don’t be too worried about all this Sankhya and analyzing things! Yes,
understand it and use it, but within the natural perspective and thought of me as your little
boy.” Have we got it?
12 – “… but he has his own interest, separate from the Lord's.” This first paragraph alone is
creating so many questions for us. There was the general impression that Lord Brahma was
liberated at the end of this life, but here is giving information very new for us. What is his
situation in Maha-visnu-loka? He is there as a wave in the ocean? Seems he must not realize
the association of the Lord or he would not be forced to come back.
16 – Before we read the purport it seems like 12-15 was talking about the Jnana-misrabhaktas and 16 is talking about the Karma-misra-bhaktas .
In 16 Purport, what are the two types of demigod worshipers?
18 – Does the Purport remind you of two verses from 1st canto, cited in NOI? It’s easier for
us to remember them if we chant them out loud. The memories seem to be stored as images not
strings. If we can remember even a part of it, a handle of the pitcher, and recite it a few time,
the related parts, pitcher neck, base, start to come forward also. Important to chant out loud so
that the brain catches this stimulus.
19 – “…or a rich man or an imaginary character whose activities are created in a novel”:
“…genuine books of knowledge like Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā, Viṣṇu Purāṇa or
other scriptures of the world, such as the Bible and Koran…”
20 – Is it possible to re-incarnate into the same family that we are currently in?
22 – “Devotees pray, therefore, that if a demon who wanted to kill Kṛṣṇa gets such an exalted
position, why should they go to anyone other than Kṛṣṇa for their worshipful attachment?”
Which devotee? Which chapter in the SB? What is the exact prayer?
129
23 – What verse in BG says that a sincere devotee automatically has knowledge, even if he is
not trained in the scriptures? What verse in SB1.2 says this? It is almost the same word for
word as this verse, no?
“It is said that one who engages unflinchingly in the devotional service of the Lord actually has
all the good qualities of the demigods develop in him automatically.” Sanskrit? Is it in NOI?
26 – Do you see the echoes of SB 1.2 continuing, “vadanti …”. We have been watching Peter
Brook’s Mahabharata. It is like a manifestation of so, so, so much that Lord Kapila, Srila
Prabhupada and the Acharyas are commenting. We can see our contamination of attachment
to Paramatma and so forth.
How to develop attachment to the KRSNA book and leave a side attachment to all other
literature?
34-36 – These ashrama dharmas, we have been discussed in Bhagavad Gita too. Do you recall
where?
33 –“Prabodhānanda Sarasvatī therefore says that kaivalya…”. Of course, we are learning this
verse. When I try to remember it I can get a lot of the English but only part of the Sanskrit.
Need a little book for quick reference for refreshment of memory.
40 – We have noticed so many nice points in theses texts but we expect the reader will note
them and appreciate them without our continuous mumbling. This is strong quote though,
“Also, there are so-called disciples who become submissive to a spiritual master most
artificially, with an ulterior motive. They also cannot understand what Kṛṣṇa consciousness or
devotional service is.”
42 – Final check list for all of us. I’m sure this last purport to verses 41 and 42 hits all of our
sincere readers intensely and specifically. We thank you all so much for your association. We
think of all our classmates as we read and write. Your association makes this all so useful.
ASA Summary
1-4 – Grha medhi. (NDX – Demigod worship)
5-11 – Karma-yoga and Hiranya-garbha yogas (w/ Lord Brahma) CAN be liberated
12-21 -
22- 27 – Again the contrast, don’t be a materialistic devotee (12-20). Worship with purity.
These verses impress us as a perfect review of verses in SB 1.2. Chant the corresponding verses.
Refresh your memory.
28 – Non-devotee has many branched intelligence, BG?
29-30 – Devotee realizes Krsna as Maha-visnu.
130
31-43 – Lord Kapila reviews and summarizes what we have heard. Does this remind you of
one Chapter in the BG?
Essay
Explain all these topics to a person you meet with his family at ISKCON Govinda’s Restaurant
near you. Why are these topics relevant to Kapila and Devahuti? What practical importance do
they have for us? Include any specific phrases or ideas that seemed important to you, even
though they may not be so much related to the general character of the Lord’s instructions.
131
132
CHAPTER 33: Activities of Kapila
Verses = 37
Memorize
SB 3.33.7
aho bata śva-paco 'to garīyān
yaj-jihvāgre vartate nāma tubhyam
tepus tapas te juhuvuḥ sasnur āryā
brahmānūcur nāma gṛṇanti ye te
SYNONYMS
aho bata — oh, how glorious; śva-pacaḥ — a dog-eater; ataḥ — hence; garīyān —
worshipable; yat — of whom; jihvā-agre — on the tip of the tongue; vartate — is; nāma — the
holy name; tubhyam — unto You; tepuḥ tapaḥ — practiced austerities; te — they; juhuvuḥ —
executed fire sacrifices; sasnuḥ — took bath in the sacred rivers; āryāḥ — Āryans; brahma
anūcuḥ — studied the Vedas; nāma — the holy name; gṛṇanti — accept; ye — they who; te —
Your.
TRANSLATION
Oh, how glorious are they whose tongues are chanting Your holy name! Even if born in the
families of dog-eaters, such persons are worshipable. Persons who chant the holy name of Your
Lordship must have executed all kinds of austerities and fire sacrifices and achieved all the
good manners of the Āryans. To be chanting the holy name of Your Lordship, they must have
bathed at holy places of pilgrimage, studied the Vedas and fulfilled everything required.
Summary
SB 3.33.1 – Devahūti became freed from all ignorance. She offered her obeisances unto the
Lord and she satisfied Him with the following verses.
2-8 – She glorifies the Lord as free from the modes? She glorifies Him in terms of His control
and independence of the material nature? She illuminates why He comes into the modes and
nature? How many purposes does He accomplish? For whom? Does she talk about devotees
and their relation to the Lord?
133
9 – “Thus the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kapila,
1. satisfied by the words of His mother,
2. towards whom He was very affectionate,
3. replied with gravity.”
[There are three Rasas mentioned here?]
10-11 – Lord said: D_______ S________ as described is
1. easy,
2. gives
a. liberation and
b. progress to the Lord and
3. is the only way to get free from Samsara.
.
12-32 - Mother Devahuti’s Ashrama, Her Yoga-Separation from Lord Kapila, Her levels of
self-realization until she became a famous mountain that people climb for spiritual
advancement.
33-35 – Lord’s subsequent pastimes.
36-37 – Maitreya Muni glorifies the narration he has made.
Seems that ladies could really relate to all these pastimes. If I were a modern girl I would find it
very challenging to think of being a “slave” to a husband like Devahuti was to Kardama. It is so,
so different than the modern status of women as competing with men in the market.
Then entering into the feelings of Devahuti as she heard these instructions, and how she
applied them, and became a river (not a mountain). So much for a lady to contemplate.
Details
1 - Do you think the word, idea, “siddhi-bhūmim”, mentioned in this verses corresponds with
the ideas in BG 18.54?
2 - Brahma is the first created being. Is it easy for him to see Lord Visnu? Which Visnu does he
see? Also, because his body is transcendental and the source of Maya it is not astonishing that
he can deliver us from Maya. However, something is astonishing, what is it?
134
3 – “The statement made in this verse by Devahūti that the Absolute Truth has many diverse
energies although He personally has nothing to do is confirmed in the Upaniṣads. “ We know
an Upanisad verse that says this. What is that verse?
7 – In this verse and the other verses in Mataji’s prayers, and in the Bhaktivedanta Purports are
many, many important, interesting and useful points. Texts six and seven are especially use for
preaching to Americans or Indians?
8 – The first line of this is brilliant and poetry, no? Even if you don’t understand it, it is so nice
sounding, funny, jolly. “vande viṣṇuḿ kapilaḿ veda-garbham.” Do you think Kunti-devi is
offering prayer similarly to Devhuti Mata? “…since she was a woman…”: yet she realized the
Lord as Visnu! What does “pratyak” mean? Can you do this by Sankirtana with proper people.
10 – CC 2.20.108. Sanatana Siksa, no? “NoI 6: Being situated in his original Kṛṣṇa conscious
position, a pure devotee does not identify with the body. Such a devotee should not be seen
from a materialistic point of view….”
11 – We studied 1-11 as one unit. On Sunday we meet with Srinivasa Das, our Study Partner,
by Webex, and then on Monday we send all the stuff by internet, all our paper work.Then
Tuesday we do our Chapter overview, the we read the chapter is bites for Tuesday etc. It is
rather manageable system of honoring Maha-prasadam.
12 – We are feeling like this now. We are 64 years old so next year we will leave “home”. We
have accomplished our mission by giving access to Srila Prabhupada’s books through ABC
Prabhus and through them to the entire world. At least we should do this as an example.
Of course, Bhaktivinode Thakura stayed at home, but he was n Samadhi, didn’t notice what
type of soup was offered for his lunch. Here is a picture that Ambarisa Das found at Srila
Bhaktivinode Thakuras residence that his descendants say was just days before he left his body,
“home”.
135
.
13 –“She is dependent.” Again and again we see that so much of these two modules are very
much useful for girls. We are personally contaminated with this equalitarian morality of the
West. Of course Srila Prabhupada accepted it in purports to the CC, but so often he emphasizes
the, safe, peaceful, natural Dharma for girls.
14 – “…bathe at least three times daily…”. We find this difficult sometimes because 1) we are
dirty Westerners, 2) it is too cold, 3) it is so time consuming etc. Yet when we stayed with
Srivasa Pandita Das last his good father and mother were also there. His father is strict
Brahmana, worshiping the Deity, and he was bathing thrice daily. We got into the say rhythm
and it was very nice.
“Voluntarily accepting some penances and difficulties, one should take less food and less sleep.
These are the procedures for practicing any kind of yoga, whether bhakti-yoga, jñāna-yoga or
haṭha-yoga.”
15 – NDX – Science, Vedic space ships.
19 – Image your house in Fremont, California is like Devahuti’s house. Look around, image it is
like Devahuti’s… Hmmm!
136
So, if a lady has a good pension from her job when she retires then she can live alone and enjoy
her freedom?
22 - “…her friends and relatives,…”, aaacha! She has two brothers and two sisters! Did they
meet for Divali or Christmas?
“Every woman can qualify herself as much as Devahūti and then can also have the Supreme
Godhead as her son.” My God! Well, even the children of devotees may be very special people.
ESSAY
Summarize Devahuti-siksa with special emphasis on the structure of what are the topics in
each chapter. Give citations of questions or comments by the Lord or Prabhupada to support
your analysis of this Table of Contents of these two modules.
137
REVISION AND EVALUATION OF MODULE EIGHT
Overview
There are five Chapters in this Module, twenty-nine through thirty-three. Today, Tuesday, let’s first read
through the Translations of all five Chapters.
Keep track of how many minutes it takes, but have fun also. Get some lasting benefit. Keep notes on the
table next to you.
...
For us it took 30-minutes to read Chapter Twenty-nine, look at a few of the verses in detail. We have a
better idea of this chapter, Devahuti-siksa. Taking these chapters, Cantos One-Three, to heart is like
taking your city, your family, your community to heart for sense gratification, comfortable life, but now
we are taking the Bhagavatam to heart for Krsna’s satisfaction, building a map in our heart.
These chapters are perfect structures, fortresses, to defend ourselves from the attack of Maya and then
to convince others of the existence of God as a concrete fact. As Bhakti-vaibhavins we should learn,
refresh and expand our appreciation of the functional value of these different intellectual structures.
We can do it over several lifetimes with Srila Prabhupada as our teacher. Then, whomever we meet, we
will be able to see how they fit into a particular story and preach to them in that humor.
That’s our perspective on education.
We’ll put our notes at the end of this Review Overview so you can compare yours to ours. Took us 15minutes to write these comments.
Let’s chant one round. Call India. Then, review Chapter 30!
Oink! Oink!
...
Actually it finally took us two and a quarter hours to write all the Overviews below and the text above. It
is now 4.38PM here in Murfrees boro, Tennessee. We are in our Anjana Suta Academy, 12-foot by 12foot office, looking out at a busy four lane street. Everyone is finishing their day. The sun is going down.
It is winter, cold in our old mobile home but we have a small electric heater for this one room. We could
stay with the nice Grhasthas here in the community but we prefer the austerity of loneliness and the
opportunity to associate with everyone more intimately by these writings, and we have Lord
Nrsmhadeva with us. He has been with us for many years in similar circumstances.
Hare Krsna!
This Daivi-varna-ashrama-dharma, renunciation to engage in this intellectual and even humorous
hearing and chanting gives us detachment and then the humor can increase in the association of Krsna,
His eternally liberated companions and our fellow Students!
Short summaries (Srinivasa):
138
3.29 – Dev service in various modes and instructions for elevation in bhakti are discussed. At theend
the influence of time on all is discussed.
3.30 – This chapter is an answer to Devahuti’s question in 3.29 on how a living entity gets different
kinds of bodies. A human being, due to unrestricted attachment to family, wealth and other things gets
entangled in adverse fruitive activities. Finally he goes to hell, suffers reactions in various bodies and
again takes birth as a human being.
3.31 – This is a continuation from previous chapter. The development of human body within the
womb of the mother and after taking birth how a human being gets entangled again is discussed. The
main danger for human being is the opposite sex and Lord Kapila instructs to be careful in the dealings
with the opposite sex. Towards the end Kapila summarizes samsara cycle and recommends escaping this
cycle through devotional service.
3.32 Kapila describes the situation of people with material desires (demigod worshipers), devotees
(niskama karma), hiranya-garbha yogis (followers of Brahma?). He then criticizes non-devotees and
recommends bhakti to his mother. He finally summarizes the whole thing he taught mother Devahuti
and describes the fit/unfit audience to hear this subject matter.
3.33 Mother Devahuti’s prayers to Kapila, Kapila’s leaving home and how Devahuti follows Kapila’s
instructions and attains liberation is discussed in this chapter.
Chapter 29 – Overview
Text one starts with the comment from Mataji that Lord has explained Mahat-tattva and Prakrti-Purusa,
and will He now explain Bhakti-yoga, Samsara, and Time . Please explain Bhakti-yoga and Time.
He explains this devotional service, Bhakti-yoga, contaminated with Tamas, Rajas and Sattva, and in Text
11-12 pure devotional service. We noted text 11-12 as SUPER verses worth reading and chanting. Text
13 is our memory verse, no? Yet – text fourteen says this yoga leads to liberation, not the Rasa dance?!
16-18 give details of the Yoga process as requested by Devahuti. Goal and mixed service have been
described.
19-20 – Then the result, attraction for the Name, Form etc of the Lord, as Supersoul but not as
Gopinatha.
21-27 contrast this pure, attracted, devotee with the mixed devotees again. A lot of this is based upon
Deity worship. This was during Satya-yuga when the proper process was Meditation! Is it because He is
describing Bhakti-yoga for his Mother? Also, within these warnings to the mixed devotees about doing
Deity worship for selfish ends is a verse, twenty-five, that describes that VAD with Arcana, Deity
worship, is the way to come to see Supersoul, and not do separatist worship! Shocking, Deity worship is
the disease and the cure. It is the motive that seems to be important. We may have to do an inferior
Dharma to reach the higher Dharma, but the Lord doesn’t denigrate that if we are trying to progress.
28-36 – We’ve heard that we should see all bodies as carriers of Visnu, Supersoul, but in these verses it
also explains that some bodies are superior to other bodies and birth in a Brahmana body can naturally
lead us to realizing Bhagavan, going to His abode, yet in Santa Rasa, Supersoul.
139
37-45 – Now He answers her question about Time. Time appears as a friend to the devotees and death
and destruction to the non-devotee or mixed devotee. Out of fear of time everyone does their material
duty.
So here we have an excellent summary of Bhakti-yoga, its goal, its techniques, and Time.
1. According to Devahuti, why do we need to hear about the continual process of birth and death?
3.29.2
2. Devotional service executed by a person who is envious and proud is in the mode of ________
3.29.8
3. Which of the five kinds of liberation below does a pure devotee accept
a)Sālokya b)sārṣṭi c)sāmīpya d)sārūpya e)ekatva f)none
4. What are a couple of ways to satisfy other living entities and the Lord living in their hearts? 3.29.27
Chapter 30 – Overview
Lord continues to describe Time, but now He describes how it applies to the individual Vikarmi Samsara.
He is attached to wife, sex, praise from small children, who offer immortality, protection from death and
to get this unnatural gratification he has to steal. Then he goes to hell is tortured, purified, and comes
back.
1. Whatever is produced by the materialist with great pain and labor is destroyed by the Supreme Lord
in the form of ____. 3.30.1
2. A conditioned living entity feels satisfaction in whatever species he is in. T/F 3.30.4, 3.30.5 etc.
3. The yamadutas bind the gross body of the sensual person at death and drag that body to hell. T/F
3.30.22
Chapter 31 – Overview
Lord continues to describe Samsara, individual relation with Time, by describing its beginning in the
womb in detail (1-23). During this there are prayers worth noting, studying.
24-42 describe life after birth with special note (32-42) that it is attraction for women for egoistic sex or
attachment to those who are thus attracted that is the cause of all these problems. For women
attachment to men and babies is the same thing.
We always remember Text 37, saying that no living entity, even Brahma is aloof from Krsna’s illusion in
the form of a woman. So in this sense we accept women as superior to men, superior to us and simply
offer our obeisances.
43-48 – The conclusion of this attraction, Samsara, is death, yet He describes a transcendental attitude
toward death.
1. The child in the womb suffers pain if the mother takes the following food. 3.31.7
a)Bitter b)Pungent c)Too Salty d)Too Sour e) all of the above
2. When the baby in the womb becomes conscious of the Supreme Lord and revives his devotion he
begs the Lord to depart from his mother’s abdomen. T/F 3.31.20
3. One should not associate with a coarse fool who is bereft of the knowledge of self-realization and
who is no more than a dancing dog in the hands of a _____. 3.31.34
Chapter 32 – Overview
140
Lord Kapila continues to answer Mataji’s question about Samsara, but now he describes Karmis rather
than Vikarmis, and in general terms of their qualities and movements. He then contrasts them with
those who do Daivi-varna-ashrama-dharma.
In Text-8 we see discussion of Hiranyagarbha-yogis introduced. What kind of Yogis are these? Before He
discussed Karmis, Vikarmis and mixed and pure devotees. Some Hiranyagarbha-yogis join Brahma and
go to Maha-visnu and get eternal liberation. Others come back.
Again Karmis are mentioned. They go up and fall down. This is the same as Text-3 before.
22 – Don’t be a materialistic Yogi, be a devotee, act like a devotee, see God, the Absolute Truth (AT).
26 – He, the AT, is seen as Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan, but all the seers agree we need
detachment from matter.
However, the attached don’t see an AT, they see everything as relative truths. Eg. Cake is good because I
am hungry and coffee is good because it is dry and girl-friends are nice because the cake and coffee
have agitated my genitals and sleeping is good because sex has drained my energy and after sleep it is
good to recharge my credits by going to work because I have exhausted them with cake, coffee, girls,
sleep….. …. …
29-43 – Lord highlights the Sankhya that He has spoken, its qualities, to whom to teach it.
1. Worshipers of the Hiraṇyagarbha expansion of the Personality of Godhead remain within this
material world until Lord Brahmā dies. T/F 3.32.8
2. Lord Kapila compares the people who are averse to the nectar of the activities of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead to the following animal: 3.32.19
a) Barking dogs b) stool-eating hogs c) crows running after garbage d) monkeys running after
bananas
3. Philosophical research culminates in understanding the Supreme ___________ __ _______ 3.32.32
Chapter 33 – Overview
The teacher, Kapila, has summarized and finished His instruction in Chapter 32. Now the student,
Devahuti, comments. Jayanta Das told one young fellow associating with a young lady that a woman
falls in love with the man, not with his philosophy. It strikes us as humorous, but that seems to be
Devahuti’s response here. Does she glorify the man or his philosophy (1-8).
Then the Teacher responds to the comments by (Ha, Ha) glorifying His philosophy (9-12).
12-35 describe the subsequent activities of the Lord (12, 33-35) and Mataji, her Ashrama and her Yoga.
36-37 – We retreat to the Narrator and his comments on the Instructions.
1. Lord Kapila appeared in order to distribute transcendental knowledge to His dependents. T/F 3.33.5
2. A person born in a family of dog eaters become eligible to perform Vedic sacrifices when he
a) takes birth in a brahmana family in his next life
b) studies all the Vedic literature under a bonafide guru
c) chants the holy name of the Lord even once without offense
d) performs severe austerities in a secluded place
3. Devahuti burnt her gross body to ashes through mystic yoga and left to the spiritual world T/F
3.31.32
Details
Chapter 29
Why did Lord Kapila incarnate? 3.29.6
What is the Sanskrit from BG 7.16 for four kinds of tinged devotees? 7
141
Name up to four qualities of a Tamas devotee. 3.29.8
Name up to three things that Rajarsic devotee wants. 3.39.9
You are also killing by eating vegetables, so what is wrong with killing animals? 3.29.15
It is not enough to just offer Bhoga to God and eat the Prasadam. It is essential to distribute it also, True
or False? 24
Chapter 30
Where is there a Purport on Time that we can distribute?
1. SB 3.24: The Renunciation of Kardama Muni
2. SB 3.30: Description by Lord Kapila of Adverse Fruitive Activities
3. SB 3.33: Activities of Kapila
4 – “Maya has two phases of activities. One is called prakṣepatmika, and the other is called
avaraṇātmikā. Āvaraṇatmika means "_________," and prakṣepatmik means "_________”."
Describe the journey to hell, and hell, from Kapila’s instructions. Why don’t we just pass-out and not
suffer? 3.30.19
Are the hells described in the SB allegories or real? 29
Chapter 31
5. “Restrictions and precautions to be taken by the pregnant mother, as enunciated in the smṛti
scriptures of Vedic literature, are very useful.” What are some of these restrictions mentioned in this
Chapter?
21. If we take birth again, can we chant this Maha-mantra even in the womb of our next mother?
21. I have so many problems. What’s wrong with taking the “easy way out”, suicide?
34. If I am born with the nature and work of a Sudra, is this unimportant or are there certain things
about it I should keep in mind as I try to advance in devotional service?
36. Which Deity will first help us to conquer sex desire:
Govinda Dev
Madana-mohan Ji
Gopinatha Ji
38. “One has to study the captivating potency of woman, and man's attraction for that potency. From
what source was this generated?” What is the source of this attraction? Is sex attraction good or bad or
both?
39. In 3.31.39 what does Niraya dvaram mean? [Hint: Srila Prabhupada finishes the purport with nice
benediction: “If, however, one wants to stick to continued existence in the material world, he may
indulge in female association unrestrictedly.”]
40. T/F Srila Prabhupada says in traditional Vedic household the men and women sleep in separate
rooms, the men cook for themselves and wash their own clothes.
41. T/F “…the substance is that one who aspires to ascend to the transcendental stage of spiritual
realization should be very careful in accepting the association of a woman. In the stage of Kṛṣṇa
consciousness such restriction of association must be continued just as strictly…”
43-48 T/F The process of Sankhya yoga recommended by Kapila does not include Varna-ashrama
Dharma. It strictly recommends a form of Hatha yoga.
Chapter 32
3. One day of the demigods is calculated as how much time on earth?
8. Worshippers of Garbhodakasaya visnu are directly promoted to Vaikuntha when they die. T/F
142
11. Lord Kapila warns his beloved mother of the dangers of attachment to her son and advises her to
renounce this vision and focus on His instructions of Sankhya a renunciation of family relations. T/F.
What Sanskrit term does he use to address her:
1. Yogina-laksini.
2. Bhaminni
3. Niray-dvarini
4. None of the above.
12. At the time of his death Lord Brahma attains Maha-visnu but he may again return when the creation
is manifested because of still having material desires. T/F
16. Some people worship demigods because they want them to satisfy their material desires, but worse
than this is those who worship them with the perspective that the demigod is ________________.
19. Which of the following does Srila Prabhupada mention as genuine books of knowledge?
1. Visnu-purana
2. Bible
3. Confucius’ Teaching
4. Koran
5. Harry Potter
6. Garuda-purana.
7. Dialogs of Socrates.
20 – Is it possible to re-incarnate into the same family that we are currently in?
Chapter 33
Devahuti finally glorifies the Lord’s Holy Names
SB 3.33.7: Oh, how glorious are they whose tongues are chanting Your holy name! Even if born
in the families of ___________, such persons are worshipable. Persons who chant the holy
name of Your Lordship must have
 executed all kinds of __________ and
 _____________ and
 achieved all the good manners of _________.
To be chanting the holy name of Your Lordship, they must have
 __________ at holy places of pilgrimage,
 __________the Vedas
and fulfilled everything required.
143
REVIEW AND EVALUATION OF SEMESTER FOUR (SB
3.17-33)
Hello, Muchachos y Muchachas, Boys and Girls, Tom Brown and Buck White here. All glories
to Sri Sri Guru and Gauranga. All glories to Srila Prabhupada. Please accept our humble
obeisances. Please accept our best wishes. Here we are in beautiful sub-central Murfreesboro,
the Athens of Tennessee. Stinks, like any of our other industrialization-Kow-Towing towns.
We like the sickle but the hammer has beaten the life and gentleness out of everybody. Grow
succotash, don’t manufacture more than a few dozen televisions for the whole planet. Look at
your neighbor’s face, the one situated between his ears, not the one on the internet on
Facebook.
So far we’ve read the first and second cantos and now we have finished the third canto. Srimad
Bhagavatam, Hurray!
Hurray, Krishna!
Hurray, Rama!
Four: Review and Evaluation.
This is the Semester-
The Canto starts with the meeting of U________ & V________, and how U sent V to take lesson
from the great sage M__________. V should have directly asked M about higher knowledge
than that given to Lord Brahma in the catur-sloki bhagavatam, SB 2.9.33-36, but V was feeling
shy to immediately present such exalted questions, and for the benefit of ordinary people, also,
he began by asking basic questions: How does God create and maintain the universe?
The answers to these questions are presented as Sarga, the creation by Lord Visnu, and Visarga,
the subsequent creation by ______________. During Visarga there is creation of Satarupa and
the first Manu, Sayambhuva Manu, for the purpose of expanding the Visarga through biological reproduction, children. This cannot happen because their possible place of earthly
residence has been dragged down to the level of the ___________ ocean by _______________
& ________________. To correct this, the Lord incarnates as:
1. An enormous Turkey
2. An enormous Boar
3. Visnu on the back of Garuda
And rescues the earth.
Finishing the pastimes of establishing the residence of Svayambhuva and Satarupa (Module
Five),
the marriage of Devahuti and Kardama (Module Six), and Devahuti’s activities for selfrealization (Modules Seven and Eight) then comprise a second half of this Canto.
MODULE FIVE
144
Logically, looking at the content and the story of this canto, these chapters, 16-20, are a continuous unit
with the last module, but for the Calendar and Semester break, we put them into a separate Module.
The central theme remains, Visarga, creation of the cosmos by Lord Brahma, which lead us to the
creation of Manu and his wife. This leads us to the story of the birth of Jaya and Vijaya, which lead us to
the gates of Vaikuntha, and now the conversations that took place there between the four Kumaras,
Jaya and Vijaya and Lord Visnu. As a result Hiranyaksa is born and is killed by Lord Visnu.
What is Hiranyaksa’s younger brother’s name?
1. Kasyapa Muni,
2. Hiranyakasipu,
3. Doesn’t have a younger brother.
Jaya and Vijaya came to the material world because of:
1. Offending Laksmidevi.
2. Offending the Kumaras.
3. Both.
4. Neither.
What does Lord Visnu say about the situation with the four Kumaras and His gate keepers
Do the Kumara’s agree?
T/F - The Kumaras went from impersonal liberation to Bhakti-yoga because of the stimulation they
received when they saw the beautiful smiling face and lotus eyes of the Supreme Lord.
T/F - Varuna was defeated in a fair fight with Hiranyaksa.
T/F - Lord Varaha felt insulted by the harsh, critical words of Hiranyaksa.
What became of Lord Varaha after He finished His earthly pastime of lifting the Eath?
MODULE SIX
We have glorified the following chapters as detailed instructions on Daivi-varna-ashrama-dharma.
Pandering to our madness, please give a brief explanation of each of the themes mentioned in the list
that follows.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Goal of B’cari and B’carini training.
Father’s responsibility to daughter.
Wife’s Dharma.
Husband’s Dharma.
Getting free from lust by Grhastha ashrama by satisfying it.
Husband’s responsibility to wife upon Sannyasa.
Dharma of wife in Sannyasa years.
Different types of Sannyasa and Kardama’s type
SB 3.21: Conversation Between Manu and Kardama
SB 3.22: The Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahūti
SB 3.23: Devahūti's Lamentation
SB 3.24: The Renunciation of Kardama Muni
145
MODULES SEVEN AND EIGHT
These are Chapters 25-33. Mataji starts with questions right from the very beginning and Lord Kapila
answers those and subsequent questions and initiates different topics for instruction. He then explains
about these instructions, to whom they can be taught, at the end of Chapter 32, and then Devahuti
glorifies Him, He glorifies the instructions, and Sage Maitreya glorifies Him, her and the instruction,
finishing this Devahuti-siksa, instructions to Devahuti, in Chapter 33.
SB 3.25.11: Devahūti continued: I have taken shelter of Your lotus feet because You are the only person
of whom to take shelter. You are the ax which can cut the tree of material existence. I therefore offer
my obeisances unto You, who are the greatest of all transcendentalists, and I inquire from You as to the
relationship between man and woman and between spirit and matter [prakrti and purusa].
SB 3.25.29: The mystic yoga system, as You have explained, aims at the Supreme Personality of Godhead
and is meant for completely ending material existence. Please let me know the nature of that yoga
system. How many ways are there by which one can understand in truth that sublime yoga?
SB 3.26.1: The Personality of Godhead, Kapila, continued: My dear mother, now I shall describe unto
you the different categories of the Absolute Truth, knowing which any person can be released from the
influence of the modes of material nature.
SB 3.26.9: Devahūti said: O Supreme Personality of Godhead, kindly explain the characteristics of the
Supreme Person and His energies, for both of these are the causes of this manifest and unmanifest
creation. “…The relationship of all living entities with material nature has been explained. Now an
understanding of the relationship between material nature and the Supreme Lord is sought by
Devahūti.”
SB 3.27.1: “…In the previous chapter Lord Kapiladeva has concluded that simply by beginning the
discharge of devotional service one can attain detachment and transcendental knowledge for
understanding the science of God. Here the same principle is confirmed.”
SB 3.27.17-18: Śrī Devahūti inquired: My dear brāhmaṇa, does material nature ever give release to the
spirit soul? Since one is attracted to the other eternally, how is their separation possible? As there is no
separate existence of the earth and its aroma or of water and its taste, there cannot be any separate
existence of intelligence and consciousness.
SB 3.28.1: The Personality of Godhead said: My dear mother, O daughter of the King, now I shall explain
to you the system of yoga, the object of which is to concentrate the mind. By practicing this system one
can become joyful and progressively advance towards the path of the Absolute Truth.
SB 3.29.1-4: Devahūti inquired: My dear Lord, You have already very scientifically described the
symptoms of the total material nature and the characteristics of the spirit according to the Sāńkhya
system of philosophy. Now I shall request You to explain the path of devotional service, which is the
ultimate end of all philosophical systems.
Devahūti continued: My dear Lord, please also describe in detail, both for me and for people in general,
the continual process of birth and death, for by hearing of such calamities we may become detached
from the activities of this material world.
Please also describe eternal time, which is a representation of Your form and by whose influence people
in general engage in the performance of pious activities.
SB 3.32.11: Therefore, My dear mother, by devotional service take direct shelter of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead, who is seated in everyone's heart.
SB 3.32.31-32: My dear respectful mother, I have already described the path of understanding the
Absolute Truth, by which one can come to understand the real truth of matter and spirit and their
relationship.
146
Philosophical research culminates in understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead. After
achieving this understanding, when one becomes free from the material modes of nature, he attains the
stage of devotional service. Either by devotional service directly or by philosophical research, one has to
find the same destination, which is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
SB 3.32.37: My dear mother, I have explained to you the process of devotional service and its identity in
four different social divisions. I have explained to you as well how eternal time is chasing the living
entities, although it is imperceptible to them.
EXTRACTS FROM MODULE REVIEWS
Module Five
Why does the chapter, SB 3.13: The Appearance of Lord Varāha, follow, SB 3.12: Creation of
the Kumāras and Others?
Guru ABC and Guru DEF and Sannyasi XYZ and prosperous Vaisya LMN (who employed 25devotees) have all fallen into cigarettes and little whiskey within the last three years! Devotees
are wondering, “Why is this happening to our community? Why is this darkness enveloping
us?”
They go and ask the fixed up GBC Chairman and he explains that it is because of the fall-down
of one prominent, Brahmana Pujari and his wife.
What were some of the inauspicious atmospheric and such symptoms that indicate the birth of
inauspicious kids?
What were some of the characteristics of H’kasipu and H’aksa???
Describe on whose advice Hiranyaksas met Lord Varaha,?
Describe Hiranyaksa and Lord Varaha’s verbal interaction and the subsequent fight.
Did Lord Varaha run away when he first met Hiranyaksa?
What happened with Lord Brahma, everyone, at the end of the pastime?
Lord Varaha has ___ colored eyes. 3.18.2
Lord Varaha was pained by the shaftlike abusive words of the demon Hiranyaksa or was he
unaffected like an elefant struck by a flower garland? 3.18.6
Which of the following is true about Lord Varaha 3.18.16, 3.18.19
e) He can never be angry
f) He had injuries on His body due to the fight with Hiranyaksa
g) He was angry with the demon when He fought him
h) Both b and c
Lord Brahma Prayed to Lord Varaha to kill the demon immediately. How did the Lord react?
3.19.1
e) Being interrupted by Brahma, He was irritated and angry
f) He laughed and glanced at Brahma with love.
g) He felt offended.
147
h) None of the above.
Lord Varaha Killed Hiranyaksa by ________3.19.25
e) Hitting him with His club
f) Cutting his head off with Sudarsana disc
g) Slapping him
h) None of the above
Chapter 16
2 – Four Kumaras were angry because they were restrained from seeing lotus feet of Lord
Visnu by Jaya and Vijaya at the doorway of Vaikuntha, but the Lord always arranges for His
devotees to see His lotus feet even if there is an impediment. A very famous example of this took
place in Jagannatha Puri. Who was the devotee who was unable to see Lord Jagannatha’s lotus
feet but was favored by the personal darsan of the Lord in another form?
What was that form of the Lord?
4 – “To Me, the brāhmaṇa is the highest and most beloved personality,” but Srila Prabhupada
clarifies the meaning of the word Brahmana. What kind of Brahmana is mentioned here by the
Lord?
10 – “Those who are helpless must be taken care of by their respective guardians, otherwise the
guardians will be subjected to the punishment of Yamarāja”. Five kinds of helpless beings are
mentioned. Name as many as you can.
16 - A devotee born in the family of a caṇḍāla (dog eaters) is sometimes found engaged in his
habitual activities.
c) If he has taken to the Kṛṣṇa consciousness process of purification with all
seriousness, he is to be understood as already purified, and Kṛṣṇa is ready to give
him protection by all means.
d) He is on the right path and should be respected, but because he is still
influenced by his past Karma he is only forgiven for his sinful acts in proportion
to his degree of advancement.
21 – Who’s service does Krsna appreciate more, Tulasi or Laksmidevi?
22 – The Lord’s Avatar is manifested in the first three ages, but in the Kali-yuga He is called
“channa-avatar”? What does this mean? Who is that Channa-avatara?
23 – “One should worship the brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas by offering them all kinds of
endowments and sweet words…”, but why won’t they become lusty and fat and sick from all
this free opulence?
148
26 – To satisfy what desire of the Lord were Jaya and Vijaya cursed to descend to the material
world as demons?
28 - Especially in Vaiṣṇava temples there is an arrangement for people to offer their respects to
the Deity and circumambulate the temple at least ______ times.
31 – T/F - Mr. XYZ hates God. He is always blasphemous toward the Name of God. Unlimited
pains in hell await him and we should encourage him at this stage not to think of God, rather
to engage in good humanitarian works?
32 – T/F - The Kumara’s cursing Jaya and Vijaya took place in Vaikuntha?
35 – “If the mind of the father is not sober, the semen discharged will not be very good. Thus
the living entity, wrapped in the matter produced from the father and mother, will be
demoniac like Hiraṇyākṣa and Hiraṇyakaśipu.” What is the ceremony for purifying the mind
for conception called? How do we do this in ISKCON?
Chapter 17
1 – What was the reaction of the demigods when they saw the universe becoming dark from
the pregnancy of Diti? How can we solve all the problems of the material world by following
their example?
4 – “When there are natural disturbances like blowing cyclones, too much heat or snowfall,
and uprooting of trees by hurricanes, it is to be understood that the ______________ is
increasing and so the natural disturbance is also taking place.”
11 – Who feel very respectable as a race when they run in flocks hither and thither in socalled jollity which is understood to be a bad sign for human society.
17 – “In the demoniac way of civilization, people are interested in getting a body constructed in
such a way that when they walk on the street the earth will ______ and when they stand it will
appear that they cover _____ and the vision of the four directions. If a race appears strong in
body, their country is materially considered to be among the highly advanced nations of the
world.”
30 - Who advised Hiranyaksa to fight with Lord Visnu?
Chapter 18
How does the Lord react to our prayers or our blasphemy? 3.18.6
As the Lord exists by His own independent prowess, by the grace of the Lord the devotees also
exist for His _______ 3.18.15
Compare and contrast the worship of demigods by the demons with the worship of the
Supreme Personality of Godhead by the devotees. 3.18.23-24
149
Chapter 19
How could Indra cut off a wing of Garuda? 3.19.14
What is Śrīvatsa? 3.19.15
What does adhoksaja mean? 3.19.26
Why did personalities like Brahmā and the other demigods eulogize, consider glorious, the
death of the demon Hiranyaksa? 3.19.27
T/F - Maitrey muni adjusted the story of Lord Varaha, like one would write a story like Harry
Potter, so that the moral of the story can be understood and useful. 3.19.32
Give some reasons on why one should feel grateful to the Lord. 3.19.36
If one continues to hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which is full of narratives of the pastimes of the
Lord, at the end of this life, one is sure to be transferred to the eternal, transcendental abode of
the Lord. T/F? 3.19.38
Module Six
General - Broad Picture, Overview
Judging from their content and their titles, why can we put these five chapters into one
Module?
SB 3.21-24:
Conversation Between Manu and Kardama
The Marriage of Kardama Muni and Devahūti
Devahūti's Lamentation
The Renunciation of Kardama Muni
What question does Vidura ask of Maitreya to start this whole section off?
Roughly speaking, what was Vidura’s first question of Maitreya when they met? How does
Svayambhuva Manu enter into the answer? How does the story of Lord Varaha enter into the
service of Svayambhuva Manu?
Chapter 20
If you were an Asura and the twilight came you might see it as:
a) Stimulus for Sleep.
b) A beautiful women for Sex.
c) Time of introspection and music.
Which group of created beings were attracted to which aspect of Brahma’s creation:
150
1) Yaksas and Raksasa, 2) Chief Demigods, 3) Adevan – Demons, 4) Asuras, 5) Visvavasu and
other Gandharvas, 6) Ghosts and Fiends, 7) Sadhyas and Pitas, 8) Siddhas and Vidyadharas, 9)
Kimpurusas and Kinnaras
a) Night – Hunger and Thirst
b) Effulgent form of Daytime.
c) Lord Brahma buttocks for homo-sex.
d) Evening twilight
e) Moonlight
f) Lord Brahma Yawning
g) Lord Brahmas own invisible form
h) Lord Brahma’s form known Anardhana.
i) Lord Brahma’s reflection in the water
Chapter 21
1 – This text is the pivotal text for the logic of the development of the SB all the way through
the beginning of Canto 11: Who are the descendants of Svayambhuva Manu and the other
Manus? What incarnations appeared during their administrations?
6 – He did austerities for 10,000 years, but he lived for 100,000 years, since this Lila takes
place in Satya-yuga, no? 10,000 is 10% of his life. In proportion, if we live 75 years then we
would have to do 7.5 years to match him. That’s not to long for aspiring Grhastas if they want
to get a son like Lord Kapila etc.
13-21 – Prayers by Kardama. How does he describe the Lord? Are there any considerations in
his prayers for anything beyond personal liberation such as the liberation of others or
satisfying the Lord?
Chapter 22
Why did Svayambhuva Manu go to Kardama Muni’s Ashrama? He said, “I am offering her
now, but if you don’t accept her then later__________? How was the smile of Kardama Muni
related to Sankirtana?
Svayambhuva was glad to get rid of his daughter. He lived on barley cooked in the urine of a
cow outside of his capitol after this. In a few words describe how he reacted.
Chapter 23
Devahuti became robust with rosy cheeks after she began to live with Kardama? What can you
say about how she sets a good example of wife-Dharma?
151
She asked for:
Yoga Siddhis?
Jnana?
Kids?
Bhakti to Govinda carana?
Describe their two residences?
How was her body prepared to please her husband for getting children?
How was their sexual gratification Dharma?
Chapter 24
When Kardama was leaving for Sannyasa, for what did she ask?
What arrangement did Kardama make for his family before taking Sannyasa?
30-33 – Two kinds of Sannyasis are described? Which kind was he? What else did impressed
you about the principles of Sannyasa demonstrated by Kardama-Sannyasa?
Details
Chapter 20
What are the five kinds of nescience created by Brahma? 20.18
What is Srila Prabhupada’s evaluation of homo-sexuality? 20.26
Does Brahma commit suicide when he “casts of his body”? 20.28
Where can we find a description of the example of the lusty demoniac consciousness that
develops in the evening? 20.36
Chapter 21
We meet many Yoga students. Where can we get Prabhupada’s declaration of what is Yoga
really? 21.12 (and surrounding verses).
The Chapters in SB about the marriage of Kardama and Devahuti give wonderful instruction of
VAD. Are Karma Kanda and Jnana Kanda described as a practical path to Bhakti-yoga? 20.1617
What is the name of the lake where Kardama Muni had his ashrama? 21.38
Chapter 22
How were Kardama and Svayambhuva Manu examples of co-operation between Brahmanas
and Ksatriyas? 22.4
152
How did Svayambhuva Manu take proper care of his daughter? 22.9
How should a wife be equal to a husband in her qualities to make a happy marriage? 22.11
Does a girl give here heart just once or can she adjust to a new husband? 22.15
What is a “dowry”? Is it compulsory? 22.23
Chapter 23
From the example of Devahuti and Kardama how did they make spiritual progress differently
according to their genders? 23.11
Someone is claiming to be a great modern Yogi, and you respond by describing the glories of
the house produced by Kardama Muni as an example of material yoga perfection what to speak
of spiritual perfection. Describe his house? 23.12 +
Should ladies wash their hair every day? 23.31
How many times is the sexual appetite of women greater than men? 23.44
How long was it after Devahuti became pregnant until she gave birth to her daughters? 23.48
Devahuti asked for fearlessness. How did Kardama give it? How did Kapila give it? 23.51
Devahuti is an example of austerity in serving the husband, but how is she a wonderful
example of asking for benedictions for that service? Was her desire for sex good? 23.56
Chapter 24
Devahuti was feeling that she had acted improperly and had not taken advantage of her
association with Kardama in their family life. Did Kardama confirm this? What did he tell her?
What were some of the things that Lord Brahma said to Kardama and Devahuti?
What did Kardama ask from Lord Kapila?
What result did Kardama obtain?
Module Seven
General Questions
•
How would you compare the consciousness and questions of Devahuti and Kunti Devi?
•
Someone says, “I read the two purports in SB 1.9 by Bhismadeva about your socialphilosophy. Do you have something like five chapters about Daivi-varna-ashrama-dharma,
about the Ashrama’s that I can read?”. Where can you direct him?
153
•
In Kapila-sankhya we find detailed description of the beautiful form of the Param-atma.
Where have we encountered detailed descriptions of the Param-atma or Vaikunatha before
in the SB?
•
“Lord Kapila preached an impersonal Yoga”. How do you explain this? Were there more
than one Kapila? When did they live? What Sanskrita names are given to Them?
In Chapter 25 M. Devahuti asks about freedom from the agitation of the senses. The question is
about the relationship between the Jiva and Krsna, renunciation and Sankhya yoga. There
seems to be very little discussion of Rasa in these chapters. The objective seems to be to
understand Krsna as the Paramatma. After explaining this analytical system of Yoga, Lord
Kapila concludes that devotional service is the best achievement of Sankhya. Then Devahuti
asks what kind of devotional service would be good for her as a woman.
From Text 32 there is a description of seeing the charming Forms of the Lord as devotional
service. This seems to be the answer to Devahuti’s question, “What Bhakti yoga would be good
for a Lady?” In this way the mind and senses are naturally engaged. It is the best use of Astanga
yoga. It very much reminds us of the Bhagavad-gita’s conclusion to Chapter Six and the
beginning of Chapter Seven.
In Chapter 26 Lord Kapila says that He will explain the “tattvanam laksanam” qualities of the
Absolute Truth and this will lead to “vimucyeta”, liberation. So we are back to Sankhya with the
end of liberation. In Text 9 M. Devahuti asks to understand, “prakrteh purusaya laksanam”.
Seems that first Lord Kapila is giving basic details of the initial creation but then she asks for
more details of the subsequent creation. Lord Kapila explains the Purusas, Elements and Viratarupa with the Super soul as a person.
(1) What are the first three items that Kapila talks about in His Sankhya? T3-T5 [See TPP
chapter study guide: SPG, material nature, bodies of the soul]
(2) The feelings of happiness and distress of the soul, who is transcendental by nature, are
caused by ______. T8
(3) False ego in goodness produces intelligence. T/F? T29
154
(4) Match the words (T54-61):
1)
Mouth
a)Moon
4)
Anus
d)God of fire
5)
Mind
e)Indra
3)
Hands
c)God of death
In Chapter 27 Lord explains that this knowledge He is giving when realized will automatically
result in the detachment she desires. Lord then gives very specific details of the Sankhya yoga
such as how to eat etc. Because of this one can see that he is separate from this world. However,
the question she asks could quite naturally follows: The Sankhya yogi sees he is separate, but
does the material nature release him, how can he be released? Kapila answers that one can
then be released by then engaging in devotional service with a focus on hearing with attention
about the Lord for a long time.
So the repeated focus seems to be performing Hatha yoga techniques to calm the mind, to
contemplate the Elements and Purusa-avatars to get detached and then, then, one can begin
devotional service. Not many details of devotional service are given.
Finally, in Chapter 28, Lord again says He will explain the Yoga that will make one
“prasannam”, happy and take one to the “yati sat-pathan” the eternal path. So we are still in
progress, like the BG verse, Brahma bhuta prasan-atma... He says this involves starting with
DVAD, Karma yoga, renouncing Vikarma (asat-pathan), progressing to Yoga disciplines with
sitting postures, breathing, and in Text 12 the Form of the Lord is introduced. This again seems
to be a kind of meditation not devotional service because the result is that we realize that the
Supersoul is all pervading. This would equal “bahunama janmanam ante…”
So, our review leads us this view of an analytical description of the Purusas, the Elements and
the process of Astanga-yoga which takes us to “real devotional service”. Do you agree?
Details
Chapter 25 Nothing from this chapter??
Chapter 26
8. What is the difference between the Lord and a Jiva when they come into the material
world in different forms? Are they both performing pastimes? T8
9. Describe Time in your own words. T16-T18
155
10. Why does a living entity that is pure in nature fall into this material world? T23-T24
11. How many total elements are there in the Sankhya philosophy? What are they? (Several
texts + T18 Purport)
Chapter 27
12. What does it mean to “eat frugally” and “live in a secluded place”?
13. Does Lord Kapila recommend that we avoid people in general or have friendly relations
with them or something else?
14. How do Lord Kapila’s teachays, “after controlling the mind and sitting postures”, but in
the Sanskrita we didn’t find a mention of mind. It seems to be out of place. So far the
sitting postures are controlled. Next the mind will be controlled.
1. SB 3.28.2: One should execute his prescribed duties to the best of his ability and avoid
performing duties not allotted to him. One should be satisfied with as much gain as he achieves
by the grace of the Lord, and one should worship the lotus feet of a spiritual master.
PURPORT
In this verse there are many important words which could be very elaborately explained, but
we shall briefly discuss the important aspects of each. The final statement is ātmavic-
caraṇārcanam. Ātma-vit means a self-realized soul or bona fide spiritual master. Unless one is
self-realized and knows what his relationship with _____________ is, he cannot be a bona fide
spiritual master. Here it is recommended that one should seek out a bona fide spiritual master
and surrender unto him (arcanam), for by inquiring from and worshiping him one can learn
spiritual activities.
2. SB 3.28.3: One should cease performing conventional religious practices and should be
attracted to those which lead to salvation. One should eat very frugally and should always
remain secluded so that he can achieve the highest perfection of life.
PURPORT
It is recommended herein that religious practice for economic development or the satisfaction
of sense desires should be avoided. Religious practices should be executed only to gain freedom
from the clutches of material nature.
What Sanskrit term in Text 2 or 3 of Nectar of Instruction advises the same thing?
156
3. The next important phrase is mita-medhyādanam, which means that one should eat very
frugally. It is recommended in the Vedic literatures that a yogī eat only ______ what he desires
according to his hunger. If one is so hungry that he could devour one pound of foodstuffs, then
instead of eating one pound, he should consume only ________ and supplement this with
_____ ounces of water; ________ of the stomach should be left empty for passage of air in the
stomach.
4. SB 3.28.4: One should practice nonviolence and truthfulness, should avoid thieving and be
satisfied with possessing as much as he needs for his maintenance. He should abstain from sex
life, perform austerity, be clean, study the Vedas and worship the supreme form of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead.
Purport
… Svādhyāyaḥ means "reading the authorized Vedic scriptures." Even if one is not Kṛṣṇa
conscious and is practicing the yoga system, he must read standard Vedic literatures in order to
understand. Performance of yoga alone is not sufficient. _________________, a great devotee
and ācārya in the Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava-sampradāya, says that all spiritual activities should be
understood from three sources, namely 1_____________, 2________________ and
3_______________. These three guides are very important for progress in spiritual life.
5. SB 3.28.6: Fixing the vital air and the mind in one of the six circles of vital air circulation
within the body, thus concentrating one's mind on the transcendental pastimes of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead, is called samādhi, or samādhāna, of the mind.
Purport:
There are six circles of vital air circulation within the body. The first circle is within the
______, the second circle is in the area of the heart, the third is in the area of the lungs, the
fourth is on the ______, the fifth is between the ________, and the highest, the sixth circle, is
above the brain. One has to fix his mind and the circulation of the vital air and thus think of
the transcendental pastimes of the Supreme Lord. … It is clearly stated, vaikuṇṭha-lī lā. Lī lā
means "pastimes." … It is through the processes of devotional service, _________________ of
the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, that one can achieve this concentration.
As described in the Śrī mad-Bhāgavatam, the Lord appears and disappears according to His
relationships with different devotees. The Vedic literatures contain many narrations of the
Lord's pastimes, including the Battle of Kurukṣetra and historical facts relating to the life and
precepts of devotees like Prahlāda Mahārāja, Dhruva Mahārāja and Ambarīṣa Mahārāja. One
157
need only concentrate his mind on _________ and become always absorbed in _____________
. Then he will be in samādhi.
6. SB 3.28.8: After controlling one's mind and sitting postures, one should spread a seat in a
secluded and sanctified place, sit there in an easy posture, keeping the body erect, and practice
breath control.
PURPORT
Sitting in an easy posture is called svasti samāsīnaḥ. It is recommended in the yoga scripture
that one should put the ________ of the feet between the two ________ and ankles and sit
straight; that posture will help one to concentrate his mind on the Supreme Personality of
Godhead. This very process is also recommended in Bhagavad-gī tā, Sixth Chapter. It is further
suggested that one sit in a secluded, sanctified spot. The seat should consist of deerskin and
kuśa grass, topped with _________.
7. SB 3.28.9: The yogī should clear the passage of vital air by breathing in the following
manner: first he should _________ very deeply, then _______ the breath in, and finally
_______. Or, reversing the process…
… Practicing the yoga system of exercise and breath control is very difficult for a person in this
age, and therefore Lord Caitanya recommended, ________________: [Cc. adi 17.31]
8. SB 3.28.12: When the mind is perfectly purified by this practice of yoga, one should
concentrate on the tip of the nose with half-closed eyes and see the form of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead.
Describe one attractive feature of the form of the Lord described in the verses that follow eg.
His loins are covered by a shining cloth, yellowish like the filaments of a lotus.
Module Eight
General
Chapter 29
Text one starts with the comment from Mataji that Lord has explained Mahat-tattva and Prakrti-Purusa,
and will He now explain Bhakti-yoga, Samsara, and Time . Please explain Bhakti-yoga and Time.
He explains this devotional service, Bhakti-yoga, contaminated with Tamas, Rajas and Sattva, and in Text
11-12 pure devotional service. We noted text 11-12 as SUPER verses worth reading and chanting. Text
13 is our memory verse, no? Yet – text fourteen says this yoga leads to liberation, not the Rasa dance?!
158
16-18 give details of the Yoga process as requested by Devahuti. Goal and mixed service have been
described.
19-20 – Then the result, attraction for the Name, Form etc of the Lord, as Supersoul but not as
Gopinatha.
21-27 contrast this pure, attracted, devotee with the mixed devotees again. A lot of this is based upon
Deity worship. This was during Satya-yuga when the proper process was Meditation! Is it because He is
describing Bhakti-yoga for his Mother? Also, within these warnings to the mixed devotees about doing
Deity worship for selfish ends is a verse, twenty-five, that describes that VAD with Arcana, Deity
worship, is the way to come to see Supersoul, and not do separatist worship! Shocking, Deity worship is
the disease and the cure. It is the motive that seems to be important. We may have to do an inferior
Dharma to reach the higher Dharma, but the Lord doesn’t denigrate that if we are trying to progress.
28-36 – We’ve heard that we should see all bodies as carriers of Visnu, Supersoul, but in these verses it
also explains that some bodies are superior to other bodies and birth in a Brahmana body can naturally
lead us to realizing Bhagavan, going to His abode, yet in Santa Rasa, Supersoul.
37-45 – Now He answers her question about Time. Time appears as a friend to the devotees and death
and destruction to the non-devotee or mixed devotee. Out of fear of time everyone does their material
duty.
So here we have an excellent summary of Bhakti-yoga, its goal, its techniques, and Time.
5. According to Devahuti, why do we need to hear about the continual process of birth and
death? 3.29.2
6. Devotional service executed by a person who is envious and proud is in the mode of
________ 3.29.8
7. Which of the five kinds of liberation below does a pure devotee accept
a)Sālokya b)sārṣṭi c)sāmī pya d)sārūpya e)ekatva f)none
8. What are a couple of ways to satisfy other living entities and the Lord living in their hearts?
3.29.27
Chapter 30
Lord continues to describe Time, but now He describes how it applies to the individual Vikarmi Samsara.
He is attached to wife, sex, praise from small children, who offer immortality, protection from death and
to get this unnatural gratification he has to steal. Then he goes to hell is tortured, purified, and comes
back.
4. Whatever is produced by the materialist with great pain and labor is destroyed by the
Supreme Lord in the form of ____. 3.30.1
5. A conditioned living entity feels satisfaction in whatever species he is in. T/F 3.30.4, 3.30.5
etc.
159
6. The yamadutas bind the gross body of the sensual person at death and drag that body to
hell. T/F 3.30.22
Chapter 31
Lord continues to describe Samsara, individual relation with Time, by describing its beginning in the
womb in detail (1-23). During this there are prayers worth noting, studying.
24-42 describe life after birth with special note (32-42) that it is attraction for women for egoistic sex or
attachment to those who are thus attracted that is the cause of all these problems. For women
attachment to men and babies is the same thing.
We always remember Text 37, saying that no living entity, even Brahma is aloof from Krsna’s illusion in
the form of a woman. So in this sense we accept women as superior to men, superior to us and simply
offer our obeisances.
43-48 – The conclusion of this attraction, Samsara, is death, yet He describes a transcendental attitude
toward death.
4. The child in the womb suffers pain if the mother takes the following food. 3.31.7
a)Bitter b)Pungent c)Too Salty d)Too Sour e) all of the above
5. When the baby in the womb becomes conscious of the Supreme Lord and revives his
devotion he begs the Lord to depart from his mother’s abdomen. T/F 3.31.20
6. One should not associate with a coarse fool who is bereft of the knowledge of selfrealization and who is no more than a dancing dog in the hands of a _____. 3.31.34
Chapter 32
Lord Kapila continues to answer Mataji’s question about Samsara, but now he describes Karmis rather
than Vikarmis, and in general terms of their qualities and movements. He then contrasts them with
those who do Daivi-varna-ashrama-dharma.
In Text-8 we see discussion of Hiranyagarbha-yogis introduced. What kind of Yogis are these? Before He
discussed Karmis, Vikarmis and mixed and pure devotees. Some Hiranyagarbha-yogis join Brahma and
go to Maha-visnu and get eternal liberation. Others come back.
Again Karmis are mentioned. They go up and fall down. This is the same as Text-3 before.
22 – Don’t be a materialistic Yogi, be a devotee, act like a devotee, see God, the Absolute Truth (AT).
26 – He, the AT, is seen as Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan, but all the seers agree we need
detachment from matter.
However, the attached don’t see an AT, they see everything as relative truths. Eg. Cake is good because I
am hungry and coffee is good because it is dry and girl-friends are nice because the cake and coffee
have agitated my genitals and sleeping is good because sex has drained my energy and after sleep it is
good to recharge my credits by going to work because I have exhausted them with cake, coffee, girls,
sleep….. …. …
29-43 – Lord highlights the Sankhya that He has spoken, its qualities, to whom to teach it.
160
4. Worshipers of the Hiraṇyagarbha expansion of the Personality of Godhead remain within
this material world until Lord Brahmā dies. T/F 3.32.8
5. Lord Kapila compares the people who are averse to the nectar of the activities of the
Supreme Personality of Godhead to the following animal: 3.32.19
a) Barking dogs b) stool-eating hogs c) crows running after garbage d) monkeys
running after bananas
6. Philosophical research culminates in understanding the Supreme ___________ __
_______ 3.32.32
Chapter 33
The teacher, Kapila, has summarized and finished His instruction in Chapter 32. Now the student,
Devahuti, comments. Jayanta Das told one young fellow associating with a young lady that a woman
falls in love with the man, not with his philosophy. It strikes us as humorous, but that seems to be
Devahuti’s response here. Does she glorify the man or his philosophy (1-8).
Then the Teacher responds to the comments by (Ha, Ha) glorifying His philosophy (9-12).
12-35 describe the subsequent activities of the Lord (12, 33-35) and Mataji, her Ashrama and her Yoga.
36-37 – We retreat to the Narrator and his comments on the Instructions.
4. Lord Kapila appeared in order to distribute transcendental knowledge to His dependents.
T/F 3.33.5
5. A person born in a family of dog eaters become eligible to perform Vedic sacrifices when he
a) takes birth in a brahmana family in his next life
b) studies all the Vedic literature under a bonafide guru
c) chants the holy name of the Lord even once without offense
d) performs severe austerities in a secluded place
6. Devahuti burnt her gross body to ashes through mystic yoga and left to the spiritual world
T/F 3.31.32
Details
Chapter 29
Why did Lord Kapila incarnate? 3.29.6
What is the Sanskrit from BG 7.16 for four kinds of tinged devotees? 7
Name up to four qualities of a Tamas devotee. 3.29.8
Name up to three things that Rajarsic devotee wants. 3.39.9
You are also killing by eating vegetables, so what is wrong with killing animals? 3.29.15
161
It is not enough to just offer Bhoga to God and eat the Prasadam. It is essential to distribute it
also, True or False? 24
Chapter 30
Where is there a Purport on Time that we can distribute?
4. SB 3.24: The Renunciation of Kardama Muni
5. SB 3.30: Description by Lord Kapila of Adverse Fruitive Activities
6. SB 3.33: Activities of Kapila
4 – “Maya has two phases of activities. One is called prakṣepatmika, and the other is called
avaraṇātmikā. Āvaraṇatmika means "_________," and prakṣepatmik means "_________”."
Describe the journey to hell, and hell, from Kapila’s instructions. Why don’t we just pass-out
and not suffer? 3.30.19
Are the hells described in the SB allegories or real? 29
Chapter 31
5. “Restrictions and precautions to be taken by the pregnant mother, as enunciated in the smṛti
scriptures of Vedic literature, are very useful.” What are some of these restrictions mentioned in
this Chapter?
21. If we take birth again, can we chant this Maha-mantra even in the womb of our next
mother?
21. I have so many problems. What’s wrong with taking the “easy way out”, suicide?
34. If I am born with the nature and work of a Sudra, is this unimportant or are there certain
things about it I should keep in mind as I try to advance in devotional service?
36. Which Deity will first help us to conquer sex desire:
Govinda Dev
Madana-mohan Ji
Gopinatha Ji
38. “One has to study the captivating potency of woman, and man's attraction for that potency.
From what source was this generated?” What is the source of this attraction? Is sex attraction
good or bad or both?
39. In 3.31.39 what does Niraya dvaram mean? [Hint: Srila Prabhupada finishes the purport
with nice benediction: “If, however, one wants to stick to continued existence in the material
world, he may indulge in female association unrestrictedly.”]
162
40. T/F Srila Prabhupada says in traditional Vedic household the men and women sleep in
separate rooms, the men cook for themselves and wash their own clothes.
41. T/F “…the substance is that one who aspires to ascend to the transcendental stage of
spiritual realization should be very careful in accepting the association of a woman. In the
stage of Kṛṣṇa consciousness such restriction of association must be continued just as
strictly…”
43-48 T/F The process of Sankhya yoga recommended by Kapila does not include Varnaashrama Dharma. It strictly recommends a form of Hatha yoga.
Chapter 32
3. One day of the demigods is calculated as how much time on earth?
8. Worshippers of Garbhodakasaya visnu are directly promoted to Vaikuntha when they die.
T/F
11. Lord Kapila warns his beloved mother of the dangers of attachment to her son and advises
her to renounce this vision and focus on His instructions of Sankhya a renunciation of family
relations. T/F. What Sanskrit term does he use to address her:
5. Yogina-laksini.
6. Bhaminni
7. Niray-dvarini
8. None of the above.
12. At the time of his death Lord Brahma attains Maha-visnu but he may again return when
the creation is manifested because of still having material desires. T/F
16. Some people worship demigods because they want them to satisfy their material desires,
but worse than this is those who worship them with the perspective that the demigod is
________________.
19. Which of the following does Srila Prabhupada mention as genuine books of knowledge?
8. Visnu-purana
9. Bible
10. Confucius’ Teaching
11. Koran
12. Harry Potter
13. Garuda-purana.
14. Dialogs of Socrates.
163
20 – Is it possible to re-incarnate into the same family that we are currently in?
Chapter 33
Devahuti finally glorifies the Lord’s Holy Names
SB 3.33.7: Oh, how glorious are they whose tongues are chanting Your holy name! Even if born
in the families of ___________, such persons are worshipable. Persons who chant the holy
name of Your Lordship must have

executed all kinds of __________ and

_____________ and

achieved all the good manners of _________.
To be chanting the holy name of Your Lordship, they must have

__________ at holy places of pilgrimage,

__________the Vedas
and fulfilled everything required.
164
VERSES TO MEMORIZE
(NOTE: Includes Brahma-samhita verses 5.32, 33, 35, 37, 38, 52)
Chapter One
SB1.7.10
sūta uvāca
ātmārāmāś ca munayo
nirgranthā apy urukrame
kurvanty ahaitukīḿ bhaktim
ittham-bhūta-guṇo hariḥ
SYNONYMS
sūtaḥ uvāca — Sūta Gosvāmī said; ātmārāmāḥ — those who take pleasure in ātmā (generally,
spirit self); ca — also; munayaḥ — sages; nirgranthāḥ — freed from all bondage; api — in
spite of; urukrame — unto the great adventurer; kurvanti — do; ahaitukīm — unalloyed;
bhaktim — devotional service; ittham-bhūta — such wonderful; guṇaḥ — qualities; hariḥ —
of the Lord.
TRANSLATION
All different varieties of ātmārāmas [those who take pleasure in ātmā, or spirit self], especially
those established on the path of self-realization, though freed from all kinds of material
bondage, desire to render unalloyed devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead. This
means that the Lord possesses transcendental qualities and therefore can attract everyone,
including liberated souls.
Chapter Two
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 3.2.23
aho bakī yaḿ stana-kāla-kūṭaḿ
jighāḿsayāpāyayad apy asādhvī
lebhe gatiḿ dhātry-ucitāḿ tato 'nyaḿ
kaḿ vā dayāluḿ śaraṇaḿ vrajema
165
SYNONYMS
aho — alas; bakī — the she-demon (Pūtanā); yam — whom; stana — of her breast; kāla —
deadly; kūṭam — poison; jighāḿsayā — out of envy; apāyayat — nourished; api — although;
asādhvī — unfaithful; lebhe — achieved; gatim — destination; dhātrī-ucitām — just suitable
for the nurse; tataḥ — beyond whom; anyam — other; kam — who else; vā — certainly;
dayālum — merciful; śaraṇam — shelter; vrajema — shall I take.TRANSLATION
Alas, how shall I take shelter of one more merciful than He who granted the position of mother
to a she-demon [Pūtanā] although she was unfaithful and she prepared deadly poison to be
sucked from her breast?
Chapter Three
parāsya śaktir vividhaiva śrūyate
svābhāvikī jñāna-bala-kriyā ca
“The Supreme Lord has multipotencies, which act so perfectly that all consciousness,
strength and activity are being directed solely by His will.” (Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.8)
Chapter Four
nityo nityānāḿ cetanaś cetanānām
eko bahūnāḿ yo vidadhāti kāmān
Katha Upanisad 2.2.13
Cited in BG 2.12, Purport.
Chapter Five
īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ
sac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaḥ
anādir ādir govindaḥ
sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam
Sri Brahma-samhita 5.1
Chapter Six
eko 'py asau racayituḿ jagad-aṇḍa-koṭiḿ
yac-chaktir asti jagad-aṇḍa-cayā yad-antaḥ
aṇḍāntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntara-sthamgovindam ādi-puruṣaḿ tam ahaḿ bhajāmi
Sri Brahma-samhita 5.35
166
Cited in SB 3.6.2
SYNONYMS
ekaḥ — one; api — although; asau — He; racayitum — to create; jagat-aṇḍa — of universes;
koṭim — millions; yat — whose; śaktiḥ — potency; asti — there is; jagat-aṇḍa-cayāḥ — all the
universes; yat-antaḥ — within whom; aṇḍa-antara-stha — which are scattered throughout
the universe; parama-aṇu-caya — the atoms; antara-stham — situated within; govindam —
Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
TRANSLATION
He is an undifferentiated entity as there is no distinction between potency and the possessor
thereof. In His work of creation of millions of worlds, His potency remains inseparable. All the
universes exist in Him and He is present in His fullness in every one of the atoms that are
scattered throughout the universe, at one and the same time. Such is the primeval Lord whom I
adore.
Chapter Seven
viṣṇu-śaktiḥ parā proktā
kṣetra-jñākhyā tathā parā
avidyā-karma-saḿjñānyā
tṛtīyā śaktir iṣyate
Visnu purana 6.7.61
Cited in CC as Adi 7.119 with full purport.
Chapter Eight
veṇuḿ kvaṇantam aravinda-dalāyatākṣambarhāvataḿsam asitāmbuda-sundarāńgam
kandarpa-koṭi-kamanīya-viśeṣa-śobhaḿ
govindam ādi-puruṣaḿ tam ahaḿ bhajāmi
Sri Brahma Samhita 5.30
SYNONYMS
veṇum — the flute; kvaṇantam — playing; aravinda-dala — (like) lotus petals; āyata —
blooming; akṣam — whose eyes; barha — a peacock's feather; avataḿsam — whose ornament
on the head; asita-ambuda — (tinged with the hue of) blue clouds; sundara — beautiful;
167
ańgam — whose figure; kandarpa — of Cupids; koṭi — millions; kamanīya — charming; viśeṣa
— unique; śobham — whose loveliness; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original
person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
TRANSLATION
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is adept in playing on His flute, with blooming eyes
like lotus petals with head decked with peacock's feather, with the figure of beauty tinged with
the hue of blue clouds, and His unique loveliness charming millions of Cupids.
Chapter Nine
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 3.9.25
so 'sāv adabhra-karuṇo bhagavān vivṛddhaprema-smitena nayanāmburuhaḿ vijṛmbhan
utthāya viśva-vijayāya ca no viṣādaḿ
mādhvyā girāpanayatāt puruṣaḥ purāṇaḥ
SYNONYMS
saḥ — He (the Lord); asau — that; adabhra — unlimited; karuṇaḥ — merciful; bhagavān — the
Personality of Godhead; vivṛddha — excessive; prema — love; smitena — by smiling; nayanaamburuham — the lotus eyes; vijṛmbhan — by opening; utthāya — for flourishing; viśvavijayāya — for glorifying the cosmic creation; ca — as also; naḥ — our; viṣādam — dejection;
mādhvyā — by sweet; girā — words; apanayatāt — let Him kindly remove; puruṣaḥ — the
Supreme; purāṇaḥ — oldest.
TRANSLATION
The Lord, who is supreme and is the oldest of all, is unlimitedly merciful. I wish that He may
smilingly bestow His benediction upon me by opening His lotus eyes. He can uplift the entire
cosmic creation and remove our dejection by kindly speaking His directions.
Chapter Ten
Śrī Brahma-saḿhitā 5.32
ańgāni yasya sakalendriya-vṛtti-manti
paśyanti pānti kalayanti ciraḿ jaganti
ānanda-cinmaya-sad-ujjvala-vigrahasya
govindam ādi-puruṣaḿ tam ahaḿ bhajāmi
SYNONYMS
168
ańgāni — the limbs; yasya — of whom; sakala-indriya — of all the organs; vṛtti-manti —
possessing the functions; paśyanti — see; pānti — maintain; kalayanti — manifest; ciram —
eternally,; jaganti — the universes; ānanda — bliss; cit — truth; maya — full of; sat —
substantiality; ujjvala — full of dazzling splendor; vigrahasya — whose form; govindam —
Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
TRANSLATION
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, whose transcendental form is full of bliss, truth,
substantiality and is thus full of the most dazzling splendor. Each of the limbs of that
transcendental figure possesses in Himself, the full-fledged functions of all the organs, and
eternally sees, maintains and manifests the infinite universes, both spiritual and mundane.
Chapter Eleven
Brahma Samhita 5.52
yac-cakṣur eṣa savitā sakala-grahāṇāṁ
rājā samasta-sura-mūrtir aśeṣa-tejāḥ
yasyājñayā bhramati sambhṛta-kāla-cakro
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
Word for word:
yat — of whom; cakṣuḥ — the eye; eṣaḥ — the; savitā — sun; sakala-grahāṇām — of all the
planets; rājā — the king; samasta-sura — of all the demigods; mūrtiḥ — the image; aśeṣa-tejāḥ
— full of infinite effulgence; yasya — of whom; ājñayā — by the order; bhramati — performs
his journey; sambhṛta — complete; kāla-cakraḥ — the wheel of time; govindam — Govinda;
ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
Translation:
The sun who is the king of all the planets, full of infinite effulgence, the image of the good soul,
is as the eye of this world. I adore the primeval Lord Govinda in pursuance of whose order the
sun performs his journey mounting the wheel of time.
Chapter Twelve
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 11.5.41
(cited in SB 3.12.5)
devarṣi-bhūtāpta-nṛṇāḿ pitr̄ ̣ṇāḿ
na kińkaro nāyam ṛṇī ca rājan
sarvātmanā yaḥ śaraṇaḿ śaraṇyaḿ
169
gato mukundaḿ parihṛtya kartam
SYNONYMS
deva — of the demigods; ṛṣi — of the sages; bhūta — of ordinary living entities; āpta — of
friends and relatives; nṛṇām — of ordinary men; pitr̄ ̣ṇām — of the forefathers; na — not;
kińkaraḥ — the servant; na — nor; ayam — this one; ṛṇī — debtor; ca — also; rājan — O King;
sarva-ātmanā — with his whole being; yaḥ — a person who; śaraṇam — shelter; śaraṇyam —
the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who affords shelter to all; gataḥ — approached;
mukundam — Mukunda; parihṛtya — giving up; kartam — duties.
TRANSLATION
O King, one who has given up all material duties and has taken full shelter of the lotus feet of
Mukunda, who offers shelter to all, is not indebted to the demigods, great sages, ordinary living
beings, relatives, friends, mankind or even one's forefathers who have passed away. Since all
such classes of living entities are part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, one who has surrendered
to the Lord's service has no need to serve such persons separately.
Chapter Thirteen
(ttd) change following font to Normal)
Daçävatära-stotra
(from Gétä-govinda)
by Jayadeva Gosvämé
Text Three
vasati daçana-çikhare dharaëé tava lagnä
çaçini kalaìka-kaleva nimagnä
keçava dhåta-çükara-rüpa jaya jagadéça hare
SYNONYMS
vasati–sits; daçana-çikhare–upon the tip of Your tusk; dharaëé–the
earth; tava–Your; lagnä–sits fixed; çaçini–of the moon; kalaìka-kala–a
faint spot; iva–just like; nimagnä–which had become immersed (in the
Garbhodaka Ocean); keçava–O Lord Keçava, of fine hair!; dhåta-çükararüpa–who have accepted the form of a boar; jaya jagadéça hare...
TRANSLATION
O Keçava! O Lord of the universe! O Lord Hari, who have assumed the form of a boar! All glories to
You! The earth, which had become immersed in the Garbhodaka Ocean at the bottom of the universe, sits
fixed upon the tip of Your tusk like a spot upon the moon.
Chapter Fourteen
Śrī Caitanya Caritāmṛta Madhya 11.31
(cited in SB 3.13.4 and maybe 3.12 also)
ārādhanānāḿ sarveṣāḿ
170
viṣṇor ārādhanaḿ param
tasmāt parataraḿ devi
tadīyānāḿ samarcanam
SYNONYMS
ārādhanānām — of varieties of worship; sarveṣām — all; viṣṇoh — of Lord Viṣṇu; ārādhanam
— worship; param — the most exalted; tasmāt — and above such worship of Lord Viṣṇu;
parataram — of greater value; devi — O goddess; tadīyānām — of persons in relationship with
Lord Viṣṇu; samarcanam — rigid and firm worship.
TRANSLATION
"[Lord Śiva told the goddess Durgā:] 'My dear Devī, although the Vedas recommend worship of
demigods, the worship of Lord Viṣṇu is topmost. However, above the worship of Lord Viṣṇu is
the rendering of service to Vaiṣṇavas, who are related to Lord Viṣṇu.'
Chapter Fifteen
SB 3.15.43
tasyāravinda-nayanasya padāravindakiñjalka-miśra-tulasī-makaranda-vāyuḥ
antar-gataḥ sva-vivareṇa cakāra teṣāṁ
saṅkṣobham akṣara-juṣām api citta-tanvoḥ
Word for word:
tasya — of Him; aravinda-nayanasya — of the lotus-eyed Lord; pada-aravinda — of the lotus
feet; kiñjalka — with the toes; miśra — mixed; tulasī — the tulasī leaves; makaranda —
fragrance; vāyuḥ — breeze; antaḥ-gataḥ — entered within; sva-vivareṇa — through their
nostrils; cakāra — made; teṣām — of the Kumāras; saṅkṣobham — agitation for change;
akṣara-juṣām — attached to impersonal Brahman realization; api — even though; citta-tanvoḥ
— in both mind and body.
Translation:
When the breeze carrying the aroma of tulasī leaves from the toes of the lotus feet of the
Personality of Godhead entered the nostrils of those sages, they experienced a change both in
body and in mind, even though they were attached to the impersonal Brahman understanding.
Chapter Sixteen
171
Visnu-purana 1.19.65
(Cited partially in SB 3.16.4, and fully in Madhya 13.77)
namo brahmaṇya-devāya
go-brāhmaṇa-hitāya ca
jagad-dhitāya kṛṣṇāya
govindāya namo namaḥ
SYNONYMS
namaḥ — all obeisances; brahmaṇya-devāya — to the Lord worshipable by persons in
brahminical culture; go-brāhmaṇa — for cows and brāhmaṇas; hitāya — beneficial; ca —
also; jagat-hitāya — to one who always is benefiting the whole world; kṛṣṇāya — unto Kṛṣṇa;
govindāya — unto Govinda; namaḥ namaḥ — repeated obeisances.
TRANSLATION
"'Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto Lord Kṛṣṇa, who is the worshipable Deity for all
brahminical men, who is the well-wisher of cows and brāhmaṇas, and who is always
benefiting the whole world. I offer my repeated obeisances to the Personality of Godhead,
known as Kṛṣṇa and Govinda.'
Chapter Seventeen
(om) tad visnoh paramam padam
sada pasyanti surayah
diviva caksur atatam
tad vipraso vipanyavo
jagrvamsahsamindhate
visnor yat paramam padam
om – invocation; tad-that; visnoh-of Lord Vishnu; paramam-the supreme; padam-abode;
sada-always; pasyanti-they see; surayah-the devotees; diviva-divine; caksuh-the eye; atatamthe sun’s rays; tad-that; viprasah-the brahmanas; vipanyavah-the praiseworthy;
jagravamsah—spiritually awake; samindhate—they reveal; visnoh—of Visnu; yat—whose;
paramam—supreme; padam—abode;
Just as those with ordinary vision see the sun’s rays in the sky, so the wise and learned devotees
always see the supreme abode of Lord Visnu. Because those highly praiseworthy and spiritually
172
awake brahmanas can see that abode, they can also reveal it to others. [Rg Veda Samhita
1.22.20-21]
Chapter Eighteen
CC Antya 16.52
namas te nara-siṁhāya
prahlādāhlāda-dāyine
hiraṇyakaśipor vakṣaḥśilā-ṭaṅka-nakhālaye
Word for word:
namaḥ — I offer my respectful obeisances; te — unto You; nara-siṁhāya — Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva;
prahlāda — to Mahārāja Prahlāda; āhlāda — of pleasure; dāyine — giver; hiraṇyakaśipoḥ — of
Hiraṇyakaśipu; vakṣaḥ — chest; śilā — like stone; ṭaṅka — like the chisel; nakha-ālaye —
whose fingernails.
Translation:
“ ‘I offer my respectful obeisances unto You, Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva. You are the giver of pleasure to
Mahārāja Prahlāda, and Your nails cut the chest of Hiraṇyakaśipu like a chisel cutting stone.
Chapter Nineteen
CC Antya 16.53
ito nṛsiṁhaḥ parato nṛsiṁho
yato yato yāmi tato nṛsiṁhaḥ
bahir nṛsiṁho hṛdaye nṛsiṁho
nṛsiṁham ādiṁ śaraṇaṁ prapadye
Word for word:
itaḥ — here; nṛsiṁhaḥ — Lord Nṛsiṁha; parataḥ — on the opposite side; nṛsiṁhaḥ — Lord
Nṛsiṁha; yataḥ yataḥ — wherever; yāmi — I go; tataḥ — there; nṛsiṁhaḥ — Lord Nṛsiṁha;
bahiḥ — outside; nṛsiṁhaḥ — Lord Nṛsiṁha; hṛdaye — in my heart; nṛsiṁhaḥ — Lord
Nṛsiṁha; nṛsiṁham — Lord Nṛsiṁha; ādim — the original Supreme Personality; śaraṇam
prapadye — I take shelter of.
Translation:
173
“ ‘Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva is here, and He is also there on the opposite side. Wherever I go, there I see
Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva. He is outside and within my heart. Therefore I take shelter of Lord
Nṛsiṁhadeva, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead.’ ”
Of course, we already know these, but like all the regular morning and evening and other
regular prayers for Bhakti-vaibhava/ASA we should know them word for word. Look up their
source in the CC also. It’s interesting. We also read about the Nrsmha-purana on-line. NOI
says that we have to be careful from whom we hear though.
Chapter Twenty
SB 6.8.23
cakraḿ yugāntānala-tigma-nemi
bhramat samantād bhagavat-prayuktam
dandagdhi dandagdhy ari-sainyam āśu
kakṣaḿ yathā vāta-sakho hutāśaḥ
Word for word:
cakram — the disc of the Lord; yuga-anta — at the end of the millennium; anala — like the fire
of devastation; tigma-nemi — with a sharp rim; bhramat — wandering; samantāt — on all sides;
bhagavat-prayuktam — being engaged by the Lord; dandagdhi dandagdhi — please burn
completely, please burn completely; ari-sainyam — the army of our enemies; āśu —
immediately; kakṣam — dry grass; yathā — like; vāta-sakhaḥ — the friend of the wind; hutāśaḥ
— blazing fire.
Translation:
Set into motion by the Supreme Personality of Godhead and wandering in all the four
directions, the disc of the Supreme Lord has sharp edges as destructive as the fire of devastation
at the end of the millennium. As a blazing fire burns dry grass to ashes with the assistance of
the breeze, may that Sudarsana cakra burn our enemies to ashes.
Chapter 21
Srimad Bhagavatam 6.8.24
gade 'śani-sparśana-visphulińge
niṣpiṇḍhi niṣpiṇḍhy ajita-priyāsi
kuṣmāṇḍa-vaināyaka-yakṣa-rakṣo174
bhūta-grahāḿś cūrṇaya cūrṇayārīn
SYNONYMS
gade — O club in the hands of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; aśani — like thunderbolts;
sparśana — whose touch; visphulińge — giving off sparks of fire; niṣpiṇḍhi niṣpiṇḍhi —
pound to pieces, pound to pieces; ajita-priyā — very dear to the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; asi — you are; kuṣmāṇḍa — imps named Kuṣmāṇḍas; vaināyaka — ghosts named
Vaināyakas; yakṣa — ghosts named Yakṣas; rakṣaḥ — ghosts named Rākṣasas; bhūta — ghosts
named Bhūtas; grahān — and evil demons named Grahas; cūrṇaya — pulverize; cūrṇaya —
pulverize; arīn — my enemies.
TRANSLATION
O club in the hand of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, you produce sparks of fire as
powerful as thunderbolts, and you are extremely dear to the Lord. I am also His servant.
Therefore kindly help me pound to pieces the evil living beings known as Kuṣmāṇḍas,
Vaināyakas, Yakṣas, Rākṣasas, Bhūtas and Grahas. Please pulverize them.
Chapter 22
Srimad Bhagavatam 1.1.10
prāyeṇālpāyuṣaḥ sabhya
kalāv asmin yuge janāḥ
mandāḥ sumanda-matayo
manda-bhāgyā hy upadrutāḥ
SYNONYMS
prāyeṇa — almost always; alpa — meager; āyuṣaḥ — duration of life; sabhya — member of a
learned society; kalau — in this age of Kali (quarrel); asmin — herein; yuge — age; janāḥ —
the public; mandāḥ — lazy; sumanda-matayaḥ — misguided; manda-bhāgyāḥ — unlucky; hi
— and above all; upadrutāḥ — disturbed.
TRANSLATION
O learned one, in this iron age of Kali men have but short lives. They are quarrelsome, lazy,
misguided, unlucky and, above all, always disturbed.
Chapter 23
175
kaivalyaṁ narakāyate tridaśa-pūr ākāśa-puṣpāyate
durdāntendriya-kāla-sarpa-paṭalī protkhāta-daṁṣṭrāyate
viśvaṁ pūrṇa-sukhāyate vidhi-mahendrādiś ca kīṭāyate
yat-kāruṇya-kaṭākṣa-vaibhava-vatāṁ taṁ gauram eva stumaḥ
Caitanya-candrāmṛta (5) by Prabodhānanda Sarasvatī:
kaivalyam – the pleasure of merging into the existence of Brahman; narakayate – is considered
hellish; tri-dasa-pur – the heavenly planets; akasa puspayate – something imaginary, like a
flower in the sky; drdanta—formidable; indriya—the senses; kala-sarpa—venomous snake;
patali—multitude; protkhata—extracted; damstrayate—teeth; visvam—the material world;
purna—completely;sukhayate—happy; vidhi-Lord Brahma; Mahendra—Indra, the king of
heaven; adih—the demigods; ca—and; kitayate—beome like an insect; yat—of whom;
karunya—mercy;kataksa—glance;vaibhavatam-of the most confidential devotee;tam—
unto;gauram—Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu;eva-certainly;stumah—glorify
For a devotee, the pleasure of merging into the existence of Brahman is considered hellish.
Similarly, he considers promotion to the heavenly planets just another kind of phantasmorgia.
The yogis meditate for sense control, but for the devotee the senses appear like serpents with
broken teeth. The whole material world appears joyful for a devotee who has received but a
small glance of the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Unto this most magnanimous person, I
offer my respectful obeisances.
Chapter 24
yasya deve parā bhaktir
yathā deve tathā gurau
tasyaite kathitā hy arthāḥ
prakāśante mahātmanaḥ
"Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the spiritual master
are all the imports of Vedic knowledge automatically revealed." Svetasvatara Upanisad 6.23
Cited in BG 6.47 (P)
Chapter 25
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 3.25.21
176
titikṣavaḥ kāruṇikāḥ
suhṛdaḥ sarva-dehinām
ajāta-śatravaḥ śāntāḥ
sādhavaḥ sādhu-bhūṣaṇāḥ
SYNONYMS
titikṣavaḥ — tolerant; kāruṇikāḥ — merciful; suhṛdaḥ — friendly; sarva-dehinām — to all
living entities; ajāta-śatravaḥ — inimical to none; śāntāḥ — peaceful; sādhavaḥ — abiding by
scriptures; sādhu-bhūṣaṇāḥ — adorned with sublime characteristics.
TRANSLATION
The symptoms of a sādhu are that he is tolerant, merciful and friendly to all living entities. He
has no enemies, he is peaceful, he abides by the scriptures, and all his characteristics are
sublime.
Chapter 26
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 3.25.25
satāḿ prasańgān mama vīrya-saḿvido
bhavanti hṛt-karṇa-rasāyanāḥ kathāḥ
taj-joṣaṇād āśv apavarga-vartmani
śraddhā ratir bhaktir anukramiṣyati
SYNONYMS
satām — of pure devotees; prasańgāt — through the association; mama — My; vīrya —
wonderful activities; saḿvidaḥ — by discussion of; bhavanti — become; hṛt — to the heart;
karṇa — to the ear; rasa-ayanāḥ — pleasing; kathāḥ — the stories; tat — of that; joṣaṇāt — by
cultivation; āśu — quickly; apavarga — of liberation; vartmani — on the path; śraddhā — firm
faith; ratiḥ — attraction; bhaktiḥ — devotion; anukramiṣyati — will follow in order.
TRANSLATION
In the association of pure devotees, discussion of the pastimes and activities of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead is very pleasing and satisfying to the ear and the heart. By cultivating
such knowledge one gradually becomes advanced on the path of liberation, and thereafter he is
freed, and his attraction becomes fixed. Then real devotion and devotional service begin.
177
Chapter 27
śarīra avidyā jāla, jaḍendriya tāhe kāla,
jīve phele viṣaya-sāgare
tā'ra madhye jihvā ati, lobhamāyā sudurmati,
tā'ke jetā kaṭhina saḿsāre
kṛṣṇa baḍa dayāmaya, karibāre jihvā jaya,
sva-prasāda-anna dila bhāi
sei annāmṛta khāo, rādhā-kṛṣṇa-guṇa gāo,
preme ḍāka caitanya-nitāi
"O Lord! This material body is a lump of ignorance, and the senses are a network of paths
leading to death. Somehow or other we have fallen into the ocean of material sense enjoyment,
and of all the senses the tongue is the most voracious and uncontrollable. It is very difficult to
conquer the tongue in this world, but You, dear Kṛṣṇa, are very kind to us. You have sent this
nice prasāda to help us conquer the tongue; therefore let us take this prasāda to our full
satisfaction and glorify Your Lordships Śrī Śrī Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa and in love call for the help of
Lord Caitanya and Prabhu Nityānanda."
Word-for-Word-Translation
sarira-the material body,
avidya-ignorance,
jal-network,
joda-indriya-material senses,
tahe-they,
kal-death,
jive-the soul,
phele-throw,
visaya-of sense enjoyment,
sagore-the ocean,
tara-them,
madhye-among,
jihva-the tongue,
ati lobhamoy-very voracious,
sudurmati-uncontrollable,
take-that,
178
jeta-to conquer,
kathina-difficult,
samsare-in this world.
The overall meaning of the first stanza is: This material body is a network of ignorance. The
senses are a network of paths leading to death. We have been thrown into this ocean of
material sense enjoyment. Of all the senses, the tongue is the most voracious and difficult to
control in this world.
Krsna-Krsna
baro-very,
doyamoy-merciful,
koribare-to do,
jihva-of the tongue,
jay-to control,
svaprosad-His own remnants,
anna-rice,
dilo-Has given,
bhai-brothers,
sei-that,
anna-rice,
amrita-nectar,
pao-accept,
guna-praises,
gao-sing,preme-with love,
dako-call out.
The overall meaning of the second stanza: Lord Krishna being the most merciful, has given his
own prosadam to us. Brothers, take this prosadam nectar and praise the lordships Srimati
Radharani and Lord Krishna. Call out with love for Sri Chaitanya Dev and Sri Nityananda
Prabhu.
Chapter 28
Śrī Brahma-saḿhitā 5.33
advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam
ādyaḿ purāṇa-puruṣaḿ nava-yauvanaḿ ca
179
vedeṣu durlabham adurlabham ātma-bhaktau
govindam ādi-puruṣaḿ tam ahaḿ bhajāmi
SYNONYMS
advaitam — without a second; acyutam — without decay; anādim — without a beginning;
ananta-rūpam — whose form is endless, or who possesses unlimited forms; ādyam — the
beginning; purāṇa-puruṣam — the most ancient person; nava-yauvanam — a blooming
youth; ca — also; vedeṣu — through the Vedas; durlabham — inaccessible; adurlabham — not
difficult to obtain; ātma-bhaktau — through pure devotion of the soul; govindam — Govinda;
ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
TRANSLATION
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is inaccessible to the Vedas, but obtainable by pure
unalloyed devotion of the soul, who is without a second, who is not subject to decay, is without
a beginning, whose form is endless, who is the beginning, and the eternal puruṣa; yet He is a
person possessing the beauty of blooming youth.
Chapter 29
3.29.13
sālokya-sārṣṭi-sāmīpyasārūpyaikatvam apy uta
dīyamānaḿ na gṛhṇanti
vinā mat-sevanaḿ janāḥ
SYNONYMS
sālokya — living on the same planet; sārṣṭi — having the same opulence; sśmśpya — to be a
personal associate; sśrśpya — having the same bodily features; ekatvam — oneness; api —
also; uta — even; dśyamśnam — being offered; na — not; gṛhṇanti — do accept; vinā —
without; mat — My; sevanam — devotional service; janāḥ — pure devotees.
TRANSLATION
A pure devotee does not accept any kind of liberation — sālokya, sārṣṭi, sāmī pya, sārūpya or
ekatva — even though they are offered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Chapter 30
Śrī Brahma-samhita 5.38
180
premāñjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena
santaḥ sadaiva hṛdayeṣu vilokayanti
yaḿ śyāmasundaram acintya-guṇa-svarūpaḿ
govindam ādi-puruṣaḿ tam ahaḿ bhajāmi
SYNONYMS
prema — of love; añjana — with the salve; churita — tinged; bhakti — of devotion; vilocanena
— with the eye; santaḥ — the pure devotees; sadś — always; eva — indeed; hṛdayeṣu — in
their hearts; vilokayanti — see; yam — whom; śyśma — dark blue; sundaram — beautiful;
acintya — inconceivable; guṇa — with attributes; svarśpam — whose nature is endowed;
govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi
— worship.
TRANSLATION
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is Śyāmasundara, Kṛṣṇa Himself with inconceivable
innumerable attributes, whom the pure devotees see in their heart of hearts with the eye of
devotion tinged with the salve of love.
Chapter 31
Bs 5.37
ānanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhāvitābhis
tābhir ya eva nija-rūpatayā kalābhiḥ
goloka eva nivasaty akhilātma-bhūto
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
Word for word:
ānanda — bliss; cit — and knowledge; maya — consisting of; rasa — mellows; prati — every
second; bhāvitābhiḥ — who are engrossed with; tābhiḥ — with those; yaḥ — who; eva —
certainly; nija-rūpatayā — with His own form; kalābhiḥ — who are parts of portions of His
pleasure potency; goloke — in Goloka Vṛndāvana; eva — certainly; nivasati — resides; akhilaātma — as the soul of all; bhūtaḥ — who exists; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the
original personality; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.
Translation:
I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, residing in His own realm, Goloka, with Rādhā,
resembling His own spiritual figure, the embodiment of the ecstatic potency possessed of the
181
sixty-four artistic activities, in the company of Her confidantes [sakhīs], embodiments of the
extensions of Her bodily form, permeated and vitalized by His ever-blissful spiritual rasa.
Chapter 32
Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 3.33.6
yan-nāmadheya-śravaṇānukīrtanād
yat-prahvaṇād yat-smaraṇād api kvacit
śvādo 'pi sadyaḥ savanāya kalpate
kutaḥ punas te bhagavan nu darśanāt
SYNONYMS
yat — of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); nāmadheya — the name; śravaṇa —
hearing; anukīrtanāt — by chanting; yat — to whom; prahvaṇāt — by offering obeisances; yat
— whom; smaraṇāt — by remembering; api — even; kvacit — at any time; śva-adaḥ — a dogeater; api — even; sadyaḥ — immediately; savanāya — for performing Vedic sacrifices; kalpate
— becomes eligible; kutaḥ — what to speak of; punaḥ — again; te — You; bhagavan — O
Supreme Personality of Godhead; nu — then; darśanāt — by seeing face to face.
TRANSLATION
To say nothing of the spiritual advancement of persons who see the Supreme Person face to
face, even a person born in a family of dog-eaters immediately becomes eligible to perform
Vedic sacrifices if he once utters the holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead or
chants about Him, hears about His pastimes, offers Him obeisances or even remembers Him.
Chapter 33
SB 3.33.7
aho bata śva-paco 'to garīyān
yaj-jihvāgre vartate nāma tubhyam
tepus tapas te juhuvuḥ sasnur āryā
brahmānūcur nāma gṛṇanti ye te
SYNONYMS
aho bata — oh, how glorious; śva-pacaḥ — a dog-eater; ataḥ — hence; garīyān —
worshipable; yat — of whom; jihvā-agre — on the tip of the tongue; vartate — is; nāma — the
holy name; tubhyam — unto You; tepuḥ tapaḥ — practiced austerities; te — they; juhuvuḥ —
182
executed fire sacrifices; sasnuḥ — took bath in the sacred rivers; āryāḥ — Āryans; brahma
anūcuḥ — studied the Vedas; nāma — the holy name; gṛṇanti — accept; ye — they who; te —
Your.
TRANSLATION
Oh, how glorious are they whose tongues are chanting Your holy name! Even if born in the
families of dog-eaters, such persons are worshipable. Persons who chant the holy name of Your
Lordship must have executed all kinds of austerities and fire sacrifices and achieved all the
good manners of the Āryans. To be chanting the holy name of Your Lordship, they must have
bathed at holy places of pilgrimage, studied the Vedas and fulfilled everything required.
183